41373 2014/2015 DEFINITIVE PROGRAMME DOCUMENT

20

14

/20

15

Hig

he

r Dip

lom

a in

Ele

ctric

al E

ng

ine

erin

g (4

13

73

)

HD

in

Ele

ctr

ica

l E

ng

ine

eri

ng

20

14

— 2

01

5

Higher Diploma

in Electrical Engineering

Full-time

Programme Code : 41373

2014/2015

DEFINITIVE PROGRAMME DOCUMENT

Aug.2014

Department of

Electrical Engineering

機工程學系

i

HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING 2014-15

CONTENTS Page

(A) Introduction

A1 Preamble 1

A2 General Information 1

A3 Curriculum 3

A4 Progression Pattern 7

(B) Philosophy and Objectives

B1 Programme Philosophy 13

B2 Programme Objectives 13

B3 Programme Outcomes 14

B4 Subjects Support to Programme Outcomes 18

(C) Educational and Assessment Methodologies

C1 Teaching and Learning 19

C2 Industrial Centre (IC) Training 21

C3 Student Feedback Questionnaire (SFQ) 22

(D) Admission, Registration and Assessment

D1 Admission/Registration 23

D2 Concurrent Enrolment 23

D3 Subject Registration and Withdrawal 23

D4 Study Load 24

D5 Subject Exemption 24

ii

D6 Credit Transfer 24

D7 Deferment of Study 25

D8 General Assessment Regulations 25

D9 Principles of Assessment 26

D10 Assessment Methods 26

D11 Progression/Academic Probation/Deregistration 27

D12 Retaking of Subjects 28

D13 Absence from an assessment component 28

D14 Aegrotat Award 29

D15 Grading 29

D16 Different types of GPA 32

D17 Compulsory graduation 34

D18 Guidelines for award classification 34

D19 Classification of Awards 35

D20 Examination result announcements, transcripts, testimonial

and references 35

Appendix I Subject Description Forms

"This Definitive Programme Document is subject to review and changes which the programme offering Department can decide to make from time to time. Students will be informed of the changes as and when appropriate."

THE HONG KONG POLYTECHNIC UNIVERSITY 2014-15 DEPARTMENT OF ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING HIGHER DIPLOMA IN ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING

1

PART A : INTRODUCTION

A 1 Preamble

A 1.1 PROGRAMME AIMS

The programme aims to provide the students with a sound education in electrical engineering. The programme is designed to produce engineering technologists/technicians who will be able to practice electrical engineering with competence in Hong Kong, China and the neighboring regions. The programme emphasizes on foundation level knowledge and its applications, practical skills, problem-solving ability, and team-work spirit.

The new two year Higher Diploma (HD) Programme aligns its intake with the graduates coming from the New Senior Secondary Curriculum (NSS) and the Hong Kong Institute of Vocational Education (IVE). This new HD Programme also paves the way for graduates to further their study for a professional qualification. Graduates could obtain up to two years of exemption for the study of a four-year Honors degree programme of similar discipline.

A 2 General Information

A 2.1 PROGRAMME CODE AND TITLE

41373 - Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering

A 2.2 DURATION AND MODE OF ATTENDANCE

Normally 2 years Full-time. The maximum period of registration is 4 years.

A 2.3 FINAL AWARD

Higher Diploma in Electrical Engineering

A 2.4 IMPLEMENTATION DATE

Since September 2012


2

A 2.5 MINIMUM ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS

For those applying on the basis of HKDSE, the candidate should satisfy the University's General Entrance Requirements of 5 HKDSE subjects at Level 2 including English Language and Chinese Language. There is no compulsory subject requirement. Preferred elective subjects for the programme include:

Mathematics;

Extended modules of Mathematics;

Information & Communication Technology;

Physics, Biology, Chemistry, and Combined Science.

For those applying on the basis of HKALE, the subject requirements are:

HKALE Grade E or above in 1 of the following subjects: Physics; Engineering Science; Pure Mathematics; Applied Mathematics; Chemistry and Computer Studies; OR

HKALE (AS-Level) Grade E or above in 2 of the following subjects: Physics; Design & Technology; Mathematics & Statistics; Applied Mathematics; Chemistry; Computer Applications and Electronics;

AND

HKCEE Grade D or above in Mathematics or Additional Mathematics (only required for applicants without E in HKALE Applied Mathematics or Pure Mathematics; OR in HKALE (AS-Level) Applied Mathematics or Mathematics & Statistics); AND

HKCEE Grade E or above in Physics or Engineering Science (only required for applicants without E in HKALE Physics or Engineering Science; OR in HKALE (AS-Level) Physics or Design & Technology).

For those applying on the basis of other qualifications, the specified qualifications are:

Diploma in Electrical Engineering or in Electronics & Communications Engineering; OR

Higher Certificate in Electrical Engineering or in Electronic Engineering.


3

A 3 Curriculum

The time-tabled student hours for each subject and the type of activity (lecture [Lt], tutorial [Tu] and laboratory [Lab]) are given in the Table A3.1, A3.2 and A3.3. The abbreviations used in these tables are:

AMA Applied Mathematics AP Applied Physics

CBS Chinese & Bilingual Studies EE Electrical Engineering

ELC English Language Centre ENG Engineering Faculty

IC Industrial Centre

Subjects are referenced by a Departmental prefix (e.g. EE corresponds to Electrical Engineering) followed by a reference number. Each subject is also categorised as non-deferrable (Non-Def) or deferrable (Def). In the reference numbers, the first digit (i.e. 1,2,3 or 4) indicates the level of the subject.

‘Non-def’ are those subjects which form the backbone of the vertical integration must be taken by every student in the prescribed semester, unless prevented from doing so due to non-compliance with prerequisites.

‘Def’ are those subjects which must be satisfactorily completed before the student becomes eligible for an award but the timing of the subject is determined by the student. Tables in Section A4 show the times (semester) in which these subjects are recommended to be taken if the programmes are to be completed in the minimum time.


4

Table A3.1

@ For students who have not attained Level 2 in HKDSE Physics or Combined Science (with a component in Physics) * Students will take these subjects based on their HKDSE Chinese Language / English Language results

Level 0 and 1 Curriculum

Assessment Method

Teaching Department

Contact Hours

Credits GPA

Weight (Wi)

Subject Code

Subject Title Lt/T

u Lab

Continuous Assessment

Exam

Non Def Subjects

AMA1110 Basic Mathematics I – Calculus and Probability & Statistics

AMA 39 - 3 0.2 50% 50%

AMA1120 Basic Mathematics II – Calculus and Linear Algebra

AMA 39 - 3 0.2 50% 50%

AP10001 Introduction to Physics@ AP 39 - 3 0.2 40% 60% AP10008 University Physics I AP 39 - 3 0.2 40% 60% AP10009 University Physics II AP 39 - 3 0.2 40% 60%

CBS1101P Fundamentals of Chinese Communication*

CBS tbc - 3 0.2 tbc tbc

CBS1102P

CBS1103P

Advanced Communication Skills in Chinese* Fundamentals of Chinese Communication for Higher Diploma Students*

CBS

CBS

tbc

tbc

- -

3

3

0.2

0.2

tbc

tbc

tbc

tbc

ELC1007 University English for Higher Diploma Students I*

ELC 39 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC1008 University English for Higher Diploma Students II*

ELC 39 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC1011 Practical English for University Studies*

ELC 39 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC1012/ ELC1013

English for University Studies*

ELC 39 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC1014 Advanced English for University Studies*

ELC 39 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC2011 Advanced English Reading and Writing Skills*

ELC 39 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC2012 Persuasive Communication*

ELC 39 - 3 0.2 100% -

ELC2013 English in Literature and Film*

ELC 39 - 3 0.2 100% -

Depending on the

subjects taken

Cluster Areas Requirement (CAR) subjects (subjects taken must conform to the University’s Cluster Area Requirements specified in Section A 3.1)

Various departments

39 - 3 0.2 depending on the

subjects taken

depending on the

subjects taken


5

Level 2

Curriculum

Assessment Method

Teaching Department

Contact Hours

Credits GPA

Weight (Wi) Subject

Code Subject Title

Lt/Tu

Lab Continuous Assessment

Exam

Non Def Subjects AMA2111 Mathematics I AMA 39 - 3 0.2 40% 60% AMA2112 Mathematics II AMA 39 - 3 0.2 40% 60% EE2002C Circuit Analysis EE 35 9 3 0.2 40% 60% EE2003C Electronics EE 39 9 3 0.2 40% 60% EE2004C Electrical Energy Systems

Fundamentals EE 36 6 3 0.2 40% 60%

EE2007C Computer Systems Fundamentals

EE 36 6 3 0.2 40% 60%

EE2009C Group Project EE - - 6 0.2 100%

Def Subjects

ENG2002 Computer Programming ENG 48 - 3 0.2 100% -

Depending on the

subjects taken

Cluster Areas Requirement (CAR) subjects (subjects taken must conform to the University’s Cluster Area Requirements specified in Section A 3.1)

Various departments

39 - 3 0.2 depending on the

subjects taken

depending on the

subjects taken

IC Training

IC2105

IC2112

Engineering Communication and Fundamentals IC Training I (EE)

IC

IC

111 hours throughout

the year

112 hours in Summer

4 Training Credits

4 Training Credits

- -

100% Assessed

and graded

100% Assessed

and graded

- -

Table A3.2


6

Level 3

Curriculum Assessment

Method Teaching

Department

Contact Hours

Credits GPA

Weight (Wi) Subject

Code Subject Title

Lt/Tu

Lab ContinuousAssessment

Exam

Def Subjects

EE3002C Electromechanical Energy Conversion

EE 35 9 3 0.3 40% 60%

EE3003C Power Electronics and Drives

EE 36 6 3 0.3 40% 60%

EE3009C Electrical Services in Buildings

EE 39 - 3 0.3 40% 60%

Table A3.3

A 3.1 CLUSTER AREA REQUIREMENTS (CAR)

To expand students’ intellectual capacity beyond their disciplinary domain and to enable them to tackle professional and global issues from a multidisciplinary perspective, students are required to successfully complete two 3-credit subjects within the following four Cluster Areas:

• Human Nature, Relations and Development (HRD)

• Community, Organisation and Globalisation (COG)

• History, Culture and World Views (HCW)

• Science, Technology and Environment (STE)

A list of CAR subjects under each of the four Cluster Areas is available at:

https://www2.polyu.edu.hk/as/Polyu/GUR

In addition, students are required to successfully complete a 3 credit CAR subject, designated as “China-related”. The purpose is to enable students to gain an increased understanding of China (e.g., its history, culture and society, as well as emerging issues or challenges). A list of approved CAR subjects for meeting the China Studies Requirement is available at:

https://www2.polyu.edu.hk/as/Polyu/GUR


7

A 4 Progression Pattern

Student is advised to follow the curriculum below:

Year 1 – Semester 1 (Total 13.5 credits plus 1⅓ training credits)

Subject Code

Subject Credits Criteria for taking different subjects based on HKALE

results

Criteria for taking different subjects based on HKDSE

results

AMA1110 Basic Mathematics I – Calculus and Probability & Statistics

3 Nil Nil

AP10008 University Physics I 3 Nil Nil

CAR Cluster Area Requirement Subject (see Section A3.1)

3 Nil Nil

EE2002C Circuit Analysis 3 Nil Nil

ENG2002 Computer Programming

(½ subject)

1.5 Nil Nil

IC2105 Engineering Communication and Fundamentals (111 hours throughout the year)

1⅓ training credits (total 4 training credits)

Nil Nil


8

Year 1 – Semester 2 (Total 13.5 credits plus 1⅓ training credits)

Subject Code


results


results

AP10009 University Physics II 3 Nil Nil

CBS1103P Fundamentals of Chinese Communication for Higher Diploma Students

3

HKALE below Grade E HKDSE Level 2

CBS1101P Fundamentals of Chinese Communication

HKALE Grade D or Grade E HKDSE Level 3

CBS1102P Advanced Communication Skills in Chinese

HKALE Grade A/B/C HKDSE Level 4 /5 or above

EE2003C Electronics 3 Nil Nil

EE2007C Computer Systems Fundamentals

3 Nil Nil

ENG2002 Computer Programming

(½ subject)

1.5 Nil Nil



Nil Nil


9

Year 1 – Summer (Total 6 credits plus 5⅓ training credits)

Subject Code


results


results

AMA1120 Basic Mathematics II –Calculus and Linear Algebra

3 Nil Nil

CAR (China Related)

Cluster Area Requirement - China Related Subject (see section A3.1)

3 Nil Nil

IC2112 IC Training I

(112 hours in Summer)

4 training credits

Nil Nil



Nil Nil


10

Year 2 – Semester 1 (Total 15 credits)

Subject Code

Subject Credits Criteria for taking Additional Underpinning subjects -

HKALE student

Criteria for taking Additional Underpinning subjects -

HKDSE student

AMA2111 Mathematics I 3 Nil Nil

ELC1007

University English for Higher Diploma Students I

3

Below Grade E in AL English should take ELC1007 & ELC1008

Level 2 in HKDSE English should take ELC1007 & ELC1008

ELC1011 Practical English for University Studies

Grade E in AL English should take ELC1011 & ELC1012/1013

Level 3 in HKDSE English should take ELC1011 & ELC1012/1013

ELC1012/ ELC1013

English for University Studies

Grade D in AL English should take ELC1012/1013 & ELC1014

Level 4 in HKDSE English should take ELC1012/1013 & ELC1014

ELC1014

Advanced English for University Studies

Grade C or above in AL English should take ELC1014 & 1 ELC elective (ELC2011/12/13)

Level 5 or above in HKDSE English should take ELC1014 & 1 ELC elective (ELC2011/12/13)

EE2004C Electrical Energy Systems Fundamentals

3 Nil Nil

EE2009C Group Project

(½ subject)

3 Nil Nil

EE3002C Electromechanical Energy Conversion

3 Nil Nil


11

Year 2 – Semester 2 (Total 15 credits)

Subject Code


HKALE student


HKDSE student

AMA2112 Mathematics II 3 Nil Nil

ELC1008

University English for Higher Diploma Students II

3

Below Grade E in AL English should take ELC1007 & ELC1008

Level 2 in HKDSE English should take ELC1007 & ELC1008

ELC1012/ ELC1013

English for University Studies

Grade E in AL English should take ELC1011 & ELC1012/1013

Level 3 in HKDSE English should take ELC1011 & ELC1012/1013

ELC1014

Advanced English for University Studies

Grade D in AL English should take ELC1012/1013 & ELC1014

Level 4 in HKDSE English should take ELC1012/1013 & ELC1014

ELC2011/12/13(either one of these subjects)

Advanced English Reading and Writing Skills/ Persuasive Communication/ English in Literature and Film

Grade C or above in AL English should take ELC1014 & 1 ELC elective (ELC2011/12/13)

Level 5 or above in HKDSE English should take ELC1014 & 1 ELC elective (ELC2011/12/13)

EE2009C Group Project

(½ subject)

3 Nil Nil

EE3003C Power Electronics and Drives

3 Nil Nil

EE3009C Electrical Services in Buildings

3 Nil

Nil

Table A4.1


12

Additional Underpinning Subjects in Physics & Mathematics

Semester Subject Code


HKALE student


HKDSE student

Year 1

Semester 1

AP10001 Introduction to Physics

3 Without a Pass in HKALE Physics or Engineering Science, or HKALE(AS-Level) Physics; AND without a Pass in HKCEE Physics or Engineering Science

Have not attained Level 2 or above in HKDSE Physics or Combined Science (with a component in Physics)

Table A4.2

Total Credits required for Graduation

The total study credits is ranging from 63 – 66 (plus 8 training credits) depending on the students’ HKALE or HKDSE as students may be required to take extra subjects in Mathematics/Physics depending on their entry qualifications.


13

Part B : PHILOSOPHY AND OBJECTIVES

B 1 Programme Philosophy

The Higher Diploma (HD) programme aims to provide the necessary balance of theoretical studies and practical training to prepare students for a career as a higher technician or technician engineer in the field of electrical engineering. Graduates from the programme are expected to be able to assume technical positions to apply current technologies, make technical judgements, transfer and develop new tech-nologies, and communicate clearly both in writing and orally at supervisory positions.

To achieve these aims, the programme is designed to consist of a balance of lectures/tutorials, laboratory work, practical training in the Industrial Centre and a group project. The curriculum includes studies in the main streams of electrical theory and is supported by mathematics, computing, electronics, mechanical engineering, English, Chinese and general studies.

HD and the BEng programmes have a similar curriculum and syllabuses. This similarity of the HD programme and the Degree programme is specially adopted in the Department to facilitate teaching and student learning.

B 2 Programme Objectives

The programme objectives are as follows: 1. The program aims to provide HD students with a sound education in electrical engineering.

2. The program is designed to produce engineering technologist/technicians who will be able to practice electrical engineering and related disciplines.

3. The programme emphasizes on foundation level knowledge, application techniques, practical skills, problem solving ability, and team work spirit.

4. The programme also paves the way for graduates to further their study for a higher professional qualification.


14

B 3 Programme Outcomes

To achieve the aims of producing higher technicians, the programme is designed to consist of a balance of lectures/tutorials, practical laboratory work, practical workshop training in the Industrial Centre and project. The curriculum includes studies in the mainstreams of electrical engineering supported by mathematics, computing, electronics, English, Chinese and general studies.

The approach will highlight the importance of practical application of electrical theory, with more emphasis being placed on applications. The workshop training and the laboratory training work will be an important part of the curriculum and reference is regularly made whenever possible to supplement the theoretical teaching in classrooms.

The University aspires to develop all its students as all-round graduates with professional competence, and has identified a set of highly valued graduate attributes as the learning goals for students. While many of these graduate attributes can be developed through the curricular activities of this programme, some (including interest in local and international affairs, interpersonal skills, sense of social and national responsibility, cultural appreciation, biliteracy and trilingualism, and entrepreneurship) will be primarily addressed through co-curricular activities offered by faculties, departments, and various teaching and learning support units of the University. Students are encouraged to make full use of such opportunities to develop these attributes.

Following the University’s aim of producing all-rounded graduates with professional competence, the Higher Diploma programme aims to develop students in the four main areas – to be a (i) competent professional, (ii) creative problem solver, (iii) effective communicator, and (iv) educated global citizen. Detail explanation of these areas is listed in the table below:


15

Competent Professionals - A1, A2, A3, & A4

A1

Professional Competence

Have a solid technical education in Electrical Engineering based on the understanding of its fundamentals and its current applications. Possess broad engineering knowledge to enable the graduates to adapt, to change, and to satisfy likely career diversions

A2

Practical Skills

Be able to apply modern experimental techniques and to be practical minded. Aware of technical and non-technical constraints

A3

Teamwork and Leadership

Possess social abilities including inter-personal/public relations, team work, and social consciousness.

A4

Global Outlook and Lifelong Learning

Possess an inquiring and innovative attitude thus encouraging the individual to acknowledge the developments in Electrical Engineering. To keep abreast of the developments in Electrical Engineering and an appreciation and the desire for lifelong learning.

B Creative Problem Solvers

Creative Thinking and Problem Solving

Apply the fundamental principles to solve problems in the area of Electrical Engineering and related disciplines. Possess intellectual abilities including creative and critical thinking.

C Effective Communicators

Biliteracy, Trilingualism, & Communication Skills

Language proficiency in English and Chinese to communicate clearly via graphic, numeric, verbal and written media.

D Educated Global Citizens

Social Responsibilities Have awareness and understanding of the ethical and social responsibilities of a technician engineer.

Table B3.1


16

The Programme Outcomes are in line with the Programme Objectives, and the corresponding mapping is shown in table B3.2.

Programme Objectives

1 2 3 4

Programme Outcomes

A1 √ √ √

A2 √ √

A3 √

A4 √

B √

C √ √

D √

Table B3.2

The Subject Learning Outcomes are designed to be in alignment with the Programme Outcomes. The Subject Learning Outcomes are given in each subject and they can be found in the Subject Descriptions Forms in Part E.

The programme and subject outcomes will be assessed in stages according to a Learning Outcomes Assessment Plan (LOAP) adopted by the Departmental Learning and Teaching Committee.


17

Relationship between Institutional Learning Outcomes and Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO) of the programme is shown in Table B3.3.

Institutional Learning Outcomes

Professional competence

Critical thinker

Effective communicator

Innovative problem solver

Lifelong learner

Ethical leader

Programme Outcomes

A1 √ √ √

A2 √ √ √

A3 √ √ √

A4 √ √

B √ √

C √

D √

Table B3.3 Relationship between Institutional Learning Outcomes and Intended Learning Outcomes (ILO) of the programme


18

B 4 Subject Support to Programme Outcomes

Subjects Programme Outcomes

A1 A2 A3 A4 B C D

AMA1110 √ √

AMA1120 √ √

AMA2111 √ √

AMA2112 √ √

AP10001 √ √ √

AP10008 √ √ √

AP10009 √ √ √

CBS1101P √

CBS1102P √

CBS1103P √

EE2002C √ √

EE2003C √

EE2004C √ √ √ √

EE2007C √ √ √

EE2009C √ √ √ √ √ √

EE3002C √ √ √

EE3003C √

EE3009C √ √ √ √

ELC1007 √

ELC1008 √

ELC1011 √

ELC1012/1013 √

ELC1014 √

ELC2011 √

ELC2012 √

ELC2013 √

ENG2002 √ √

CAR √ √ √

CAR (China related) √ √ √

IC2105 √

IC2112 √ √ Table B4.1

The above table illustrates how the subjects support the Programme Outcomes through the teaching activities, practice on the part of students, and measurements.


19

Part C : Educational and Assessment Methodologies

C 1 Teaching and Learning

C 1.1 PHILOSOPHY

The philosophy has been to gradually introduce an approach in which the lecturers are encouraged to "teach" less and the students to learn more. The Department's teaching approach is being revised continuously so as to enhance the students' ability to find out and learn for themselves.

Teaching methods for replacing the out-dated ‘chalk and talk' approach, or the ‘monologue' lecturing style, with ‘interactive teaching’, are being further developed and promoted. It has indeed been our Department Policy to regard it as one of the top priorities, together with research. All of the classroom sessions are conducted as a combination of lecturing and tutoring, so that the active participation of the student is realized at all times. Other teaching aids such as interactive handouts, concept mapping, and computer aided learning software are also extensively utilized.

C 1.2 APPROACH USED

C 1.2.1 Teaching and Learning:

The approach is to wean students from rote-learning to self-study. The form of classroom teaching, however, is changing to become much more stimulating, with more student input expected. Tutorials are now integrated with the lectures, to give regular changes of activity within the lecture period, and thus keeping the students interested, alert, and participative.

The accepted philosophy is that ‘if we perform the mental work for the learner, we reduce the learner’s investment in learning, thereby reducing performance’. The student is encouraged and aided to adopt a ‘deep’ approach to study, which means that he should try to understand the underlying meaning rather than try to remember the words and the for-mulas, and to develop a critical awareness of the concepts being discussed and the relationship of these to other concepts. Emphasis is placed on the student’s understanding of the basic principles and concepts. Students are not allowed to lose sight of the overall picture as a result of over-indulgence in mathematical details. Technical assumptions made in developing and applying basic theory are stressed. Emphasis is given to developing creativity and the ability to design. Students are not compelled to memorize large amounts of facts and formulas (except fundamental ones). The importance of prob-lem solving in facilitating a full understanding of the topic is recognized. However, prob-lem solving is not treated merely as a means of employing mathematical methods, but also for applying concepts. Problem solving is implemented extensively in all aspects of the Programme. The students are encouraged to think around the subject matter.


20

Handout notes are used extensively throughout the Programme, but it is generally intended that these, in themselves, are incomplete. Students will need to fill out the handouts before, during and after the lectures before the content can be regarded as complete. In this way, and by requiring students to submit regular written reports, the students develop their ability to write clearly and concisely.

From the outset, students are encouraged and provoked into taking an active role in the learning process. The quality of a student’s answers to questions, and the quality of the questions asked by the student, is evaluated to provide feedback throughout the Programme in each subject. Towards the end of the 1st year, and throughout the remainder of the Programme, it is the norm for students to give presentations of topics within the syllabus in front of their peers. This not only encourages them to adopt a self-study pattern, it also increases their self-confidence, their ability to argue from funda-mentals and stresses their need to study the subject matter in depth to be able to answer questions from their peers.

C 1.2.2 Laboratory and Projects:

In the Programme, the laboratory work is integrated into each subject, as is the assessment for the laboratory work. It is the subject-lecturer’s responsibility to ensure that the laboratory work is being taken seriously by the students and to stimulate them by gradually moving into open-ended experiments/tests and mini-projects with design elements included.

Students are required to preview their laboratory assignments. As with lectures, the process of generating a self-learning attitude is gradual. In the early part of the Programme, laboratory sheets have fairly detailed instructions and students preview the experiments by means of a ‘theory’ section in the experiment instruction sheet. As students progress, less detailed information is presented and the student is expected to read around the experiment and contribute their own ideas as to how the experiment should be conducted.

Students are required to use log books for all experiments and to submit these and some formal laboratory reports for assessment.

Essentially each student is required to undertake a project. The projects are designed to be small group projects in which two or three students work on different aspects of a more ambitious project, while taking care that individual students are still assigned individual responsibility for their part of the work. This allows students to learn team work and it enables more advanced projects to be undertaken. As part of the supervision of the students’ project and laboratory work, they are guided to gain skills such as the following:

1. Attention to detail and recognition that unless everything is done thoroughly, completely and correctly, their design, product or process may well be useless.


21

2. Ability to apply scientific methods to their work. This involves the discipline of keeping accurate and up-to-date records, to be constantly questioning both good and unexpected results, knowing how to go about experimental procedures, how to set up experiments and draw conclusions.

3. Recognition that they have to take personal responsibility for their work, to make

sure that there are no mistakes, and not to assume that someone else will check their work.

4. Experience in working as part of a team, recognising that others can contribute

necessary complementary skills and experience.

C 2 Industrial Centre (IC) Training

Students are required to undertake practical training at the Industrial Centre of the Polytechnic University, which is equivalent to 8 training credits. The training is scheduled partly during term time of Year One and partly in the summer at the end of Year One to give students an appreciation, with some practical involvement, of fitting, machining, electrical wiring, installation, and electronic/electrical equipment manufacturing. Students would gain theoretical knowledge which they can relate to practical applications. An appreciation of practical manufacturing processes is very important to enable the students to apply their theoretical knowledge to practical problems after they graduate from the Programme and start working in industry.

The following information with regard to IC training should be noted by all Higher Diploma Students:

These training credits will not be counted towards meeting the credit requirement for FT status of students.

These training credits are not to be counted towards the credit requirement for award, but students have to pass (i.e. obtaining Grade D or above) IC training in order to be considered for an award.

IC training will be graded at any time when an assessment is made. Only ONE aggregate grade would be given for an academic year to sum up the performance of the student in IC training for that year.

If assessment of an IC subject completed in a particular academic year cannot be done in time for the grade to be reported in that particular year, the grade has to be reported during Semester One of the following academic year.

The results of IC training would not be counted towards the Weighted GPA which is used for considering award classification.

The results of IC training would be counted towards GPA calculation, which is computed at the end of every semester on the basis of the students' performance on all subjects taken since the start of their studies.


22

C 3 Student Feedback Questionnaire (SFQ)

The Student Feedback Questionnaire (SFQ) is a system that PolyU uses to collect feedback from students on teaching and learning. The SFQ system is faculty-based, i.e., different faculties may have slightly different policies, procedures, and SFQ forms. However, the purposes, processing, and intended uses of the SFQ are essentially the same.

Under this system, students are asked to complete the SFQ in class to provide feedback on their experience of studying a subject. This SFQ exercise normally takes place in the last few weeks of the semester. However, for subjects that involve more than one teacher, it may take place earlier, when the teaching of the particular lecturer comes to an end. Some lecturers may also use the mid-semester SFQ to solicit feedback from students so as to modify or adjust their teaching to improve learning for the remaining weeks of the semester.

The PolyU values good teaching. We cherish the promotion of meaningful and relevant learning for our students, and believe that both teachers and students have a shared responsibility to enhance learning. Your feedback on teaching and learning will provide valuable information for us to assure the quality of our programmes, identify the strengths and weaknesses of the existing teaching and learning methodologies, and help us to improve the quality of teaching in the PolyU.


23

Part D: ADMISSION, REGISTRATION AND ASSESSMENT

D Admission, Registration and Assessment

The admission, registration and assessment arrangements described below, are in accordance with the University policies and regulations for credit-based programmes which lead to an award of the University, except where the Senate decides otherwise.

D 1 Admission/Registration

Students are normally admitted into the programme via the Joint University Programmes Admission System (JUPAS) on a yearly basis. Non-JUPAS applicants are also considered on their academic merits, as well as non-academic achievements.

D 2 Concurrent enrolment

Students are not permitted to enroll concurrently on two full-time/sandwich programmes, whether or not one of the programmes is offered by another institution.

Except for programmes which do not lead to any formal award, students are not allowed to enrol concurrently on a full-time/sandwich programme and a part-time programme, or on more than one part-time programmes, including those offered by another institution, without permission from the Head(s) of Department concerned.

D 3 Subject Registration and Withdrawal

In addition to programme registration, students need to register for the subjects at specified periods prior to the commencement of the semester. An add/drop period will also be scheduled for each semester / term. Students may apply for withdrawal of their registration on a subject after the add / drop period, if they have a genuine need to do so. The application should be made to the relevant programme offering Department and will require the approval of both the subject lecturer and the host department Programme Leader concerned. Applications must be submitted 1 month before the commencement of the examination period. For approved applications of subject withdrawal, the tuition fee paid for the subject will be forfeited and the withdrawal status of the subject will be shown in the examination result notification and transcript of studies, but will not be counted in the calculation of the GPA.


24

The pre-requisite requirements of a subject must have been fulfilled before a student registers for that subject. However, the subject offering department has the discretion to waive the pre-requisite requirements of a subject, if deemed appropriate. If the pre-requisite subject concerned forms part of the requirements for award, the subject has to be passed in order to satisfy the graduation requirements for the programme concerned, despite the waiving of the pre-requisite.

Students will be allowed to take additional subjects for broadening purpose, after they fulfill the graduation requirements and for the following semester. However, they will still be subject to the maximum study load of 21 credits per semester and the availability of places in the subjects concerned, and their enrolment will be as subject-based students only.

D 4 Study Load

For students following the progression pattern specified for their programme, they have to take the number of credits and subjects, as specified in the Definitive Programme Document, for each semester. Students cannot drop those subjects assigned by the department unless prior approval has been given by the department.

The average study load is 15 credits in a semester. The maximum study load to be taken by a student in a semester is 21 credits, unless exceptional approval is given by the Head of the programme offering Department. For such cases, students should be reminded that the study load approved should not be taken as grounds for academic appeal.

Students are not allowed to take zero subject in any semester, including the mandatory summer term as required. Unless they have obtained prior approval from the department; otherwise they will be classified as having unofficially withdrawn from their programme. Students who have been approved for zero subject enrolment (i.e. taking zero subject in a semester) are allowed to retain their student status and continue using campus facilities and library facilities. Any semester in which the students are allowed to take zero subject will nevertheless be counted towards the maximum period of registration.

D 5 Subject Exemption

Students may be exempted from taking any specified subjects, including mandatory General University Requirements (GUR) subjects, if they have successfully completed similar subjects previously in another programme or have demonstrated the level of proficiency/ability to the satisfaction of the subject offering Department. Subject exemption is normally decided by the subject offering Department.

D 6 Credit Transfer

Students may be given credits for recognized previous studies (including mandatory General University Requirements (GUR) subjects), and the credits will be counted towards meeting the requirements for


25

award. Credit transfer normally will be done without the grade being carried over. Subject credit transfer is normally decided by the subject offering Department.

Normally, not more than 50% of the credit requirement for award may be transferable from approved institutions outside the University. For transfer of credits from programmes offered by PolyU, normally not more than 67% of the credit requirement for award can be transferred. In cases where both types of credits are being transferred (i.e. from programmes offered by PolyU and from approved institutions outside the University), not more than 50% of the credit requirement for award may be transferred.

All credit transfers approved will take effect only in the semester for which they are approved. A student who applies for transfer of credits during the re-enrolment or the add/drop period of a particular semester will only be eligible for graduation at the end of that semester, even if the granting of credit transfer will immediately enable the student to satisfy the credit requirement for the award.

D 7 Deferment of Study

Students may apply for deferment of study if they have a genuine need to do so such as illness. Approval from the Department offering the programme is required. The deferment period will not be counted towards the maximum period of registration.

Application for deferment of study will be entertained only in exceptional circumstances from students who have not yet completed the first year of the programme.

Where the period of deferment of study begins during a stage for which fees have been paid, no refund of such fees will be made.

Students who have been approved for deferment are not entitled to enjoy any campus facilities during the deferment period.

D 8 General Assessment Regulations

The University’s General Assessment Regulations (GAR) applies to this Programme. The specific assessment regulations are set out here, having been developed within the framework of the GAR.

Students’ progress by credit accumulation, i.e. credits earned by passing individual subjects can be accumulated and counted towards the final award.

(a) Subject Level

A 'level' in a programme indicates the intellectual demand placed upon students and may characterize each subject with respect to its recommended sequencing within that programme. Upper level subjects should normally build on lower level subjects. Pre-requisite requirements, if any, must therefore be spelt out on a subject basis.


26

A 'subject' is defined as a discrete section of the programme which is assigned a separate assessment. A list of subjects, together with their level and weightings, shall be published in the definitive programme document.

(b) Language of assessment

The language of assessment for all programmes/subjects shall be English, unless approval is given for it to be otherwise.

D 9 Principles of Assessment

Assessment of learning and assessment for learning are both important for assuring the quality of student learning. Assessment of learning is to evaluate whether students have achieved the intended learning outcomes of the subjects that they have taken and have attained the overall learning outcomes of the academic programme at the end of their study at a standard appropriate to the award. Appropriate methods of assessment that align with the intended learning outcomes should be designed for this purpose. The assessment methods will also enable the teacher to differentiate students’ different levels of performance within the subject. Assessment for learning is to engage students in productive learning activities through purposefully designed assessment tasks.

Assessment will also serve as feedback to students. The assessment criteria and standards should be made explicit to students before the start of the assessment to facilitate student learning, and feedback provided should link to the criteria and standards. Timely feedback should be provided to students so that they are aware of their progress and attainment for the purpose of improvement.

The ultimate authority in the University for the confirmation of academic decisions is the Senate, but for practical reasons, the Senate has delegated to the Faculty/School Boards the authority to confirm the decisions of Boards of Examiners provided these are made within the framework of the General Assessment Regulations. Recommendations from Board of Examiners which fall outside these Regulations shall be ratified by the Academic Regulations Committee (ARC) and reported to the Senate.

D 10 Assessment Methods

Students' performance in a subject can be assessed by continuous assessment and/or examinations, at the discretion of the individual subject offering Department. Where both continuous assessment and examinations are used, the weighting of each in the overall subject grade shall be clearly stated in the definitive programme document. The subject offering Department can decide whether students are required to pass both the continuous assessment and examination components, or either component only, in order to obtain a subject pass, but this requirement (to pass both, or either, components) shall be specified in the Definite Programme Document. Learning outcome should be assessed by continuous assessment and/or examination appropriately, in line with the outcome-based approach.


27

Continuous assessment may include tests, assignments, projects, laboratory work, field exercises, presentations and other forms of classroom participation. Continuous Assessment assignments which involve group work should nevertheless include some individual components therein. The contribution made by each student in continuous assessment involving a group effort shall be determined and assessed separately, and this can result in different grades being awarded to students in the same group.

Assessment methods and parameters of subjects shall be determined by the subject offering Department.

At the beginning of each semester, the subject teacher should inform students of the details of the methods of assessments to be used, within the assessment framework as specified in the definitive programme document.

D 11 Progression/Academic Probation/Deregistration

The Board of Examiners shall, at the end of each semester (except for Summer Term unless there are students who are eligible to graduate after completion of Summer Term subjects), determine whether each student is

(a) eligible for progression towards an award; or (b) eligible for an award; or (c) required to be deregistered from the programme.

When a student has a Grade Point Average (GPA) lower than 2.0, he will be put on academic probation in the following semester. If a student is able to pull his GPA up to 2.0 or above at the end of the semester, the status of "academic probation" will be lifted. The status of "academic probation" will be reflected in the examination result notification but not in the transcript of studies. A student will have 'progressing' status unless he falls within any one of the following categories which may be regarded as grounds for deregistration from the programme:

(a) the student has exceeded the maximum period of registration for that programme, as specified in the Definitive Programme Document; or

(b) the student's GPA is lower than 2.0 for two consecutive semesters and his Semester GPA in the

second semester is also lower than 2.0; or (c) the student's GPA is lower than 2.0 for three consecutive semesters.

The progression of students to the following academic year will not be affected by the GPA obtained in the Summer Term, unless Summer Term study is mandatory for all students of the programme and constitutes a requirement for graduation. A student may be de-registered from the programme enrolled before the time frame specified at (ii) or (iii) above if his academic performance is poor to the extent that the Board of Examiners deems that his chance of attaining a GPA of 2.0 at the end of the programme is slim or impossible.

Where there are good reasons, the Board of Examiners has the discretion to recommend allowing students who fall into categories as stated at (ii) or (iii) above to stay on the programme, and these recommendations should be presented to the relevant Faculty/School Board for final decision.


28

Under the current procedures, a student can appeal against the decision of the Board of Examiners to de-register him. If such an appeal was upheld by the Department/School concerned, the recommendation (to reverse the previous decision to de-register the student) should also be presented to the relevant Faculty/School Board for final decision.

D 12 Retaking of Subjects

Students may retake any subject for the purpose of improving their grade without having to seek approval, but they must retake a compulsory subject which they have failed, i.e. obtained an F grade. Retaking of subjects is with the condition that the maximum study load of 21 credits per semester is not exceeded. Students wishing to retake passed subjects will be accorded a lower priority than those who are required to retake (due to failure in a compulsory subject) and can only do so if places are available.

The number of retakes of a subject is not restricted. Only the grade obtained in the final attempt of retaking (even if the retake grade is lower than the original grade for originally passed subject) will be included in the calculation of the Grade Point Average (GPA). If students have passed a subject but failed after retake, credits accumulated for passing the subject in a previous attempt will remain valid for satisfying the credit requirement for award. (The grades obtained in previous attempts will only be reflected in transcript of studies.)

In cases where a student takes another subject to replace a failed elective subject, the fail grade will be taken into account in the calculation of the GPA, despite the passing of the replacement subject.

D 13 Absence from an assessment component

If a student is unable to complete all the assessment components of a subject, due to illness or other circumstances which are beyond his control and considered by the subject offering Department as legitimate, the Department will determine whether the student will have to complete a late assessment and, if so, by what means. This late assessment shall take place at the earliest opportunity, and before the commencement of the following academic year (except that for Summer Term, which may take place within 3 weeks after the finalisation of Summer Term results). If the late assessment cannot be completed before the commencement of the following academic year, the Faculty/School Board Chairman shall decide on an appropriate time for completion of the late assessment.

The student concerned is required to submit his/her application for late assessment in writing to the Head of Department offering the subject, within 5 working days from the date of the examination, together with any supporting documents. Approval of applications for late assessment and the means for such late assessments shall be given by the Head of Department offering the subject or the Subject Lecturer concerned, in consultation with the Programme Leader.


29

D 14 Aegrotat Award

If a student is unable to complete the requirements of the programme in question for the award due to very serious illness, or other very special circumstances which are beyond his control, and considered by the Board of Examiners as legitimate, the Faculty/School Board will determine whether the student will be granted an aegrotat award. Aegrotat award will be granted under very exceptional circumstances.

A student who has been offered an aegrotat award shall have the right to opt either to accept such an award, or request to be assessed on another occasion to be stipulated by the Board of Examiners; the student's exercise of this option shall be irrevocable.

The acceptance of an aegrotat award by a student shall disqualify him from any subsequent assessment for the same award.

An aegrotat award shall normally not be classified, and the award parchment shall not state that it is an aegrotat award. However, the Board of Examiners may determine whether the award should be classified, provided that they have adequate information on the students' academic performance.

D 15 Grading

Assessment grades shall be awarded on a criterion-referenced basis. A student's overall performance in a subject (including GUR subjects) shall be graded as follows:

Subject grade

Short

description Elaboration on subject grading description

A+ Exceptionally Outstanding

The student's work is exceptionally outstanding. It exceeds the intended subject learning outcomes in all regards.

A Outstanding The student's work is outstanding. It exceeds the intended subject learning outcomes in nearly all regards.

B+ Very Good The student's work is very good. It exceeds the intended subject learning outcomes in most regards.

B Good The student's work is good. It exceeds the intended subject learning outcomes in some regards.

C+ Wholly Satisfactory

The student's work is wholly satisfactory. It fully meets the intended subject learning outcomes.

C Satisfactory The student's work is satisfactory. It largely meets the intended subject learning outcomes.

D+ Barely Satisfactory

The student's work is barely satisfactory. It marginally meets the intended subject learning outcomes.


30

Subject grade

Short

description Elaboration on subject grading description

D Barely Adequate

The student's work is barely adequate. It meets the intended subject learning outcomes only in some regards.

F Inadequate The student's work is inadequate. It fails to meet many of the intended subject learning outcomes.

'F' is a subject failure grade, whilst all others ('D' to 'A+') are subject passing grades. No credit will be earned if a subject is failed.

Codes Interpretation Remarks

I # Assessment to be completed An incomplete grade must be converted to a regular grade normally in the following academic year at the latest.

N Assessment is not required

P Pass an ungraded subject This code applies to an ungraded subject, such as industrial training.

U Fail an ungraded subject This code applies to an ungraded subject, such as industrial training.

M Pass with Merit This code applies to all General Education subjects for intake cohorts before 2010/11. The adoption or otherwise of this code to other subjects adopting a "Pass/Fail" grading system would be subject to the decision of individual Departments.

The grade "Pass with Merit" can be awarded when the student's work exceeds the subject learning outcomes in the majority of regards.

L Subject to be continued in the following semester

This code applies to subjects like "Project" which may consist of more than 1 part (denoted by the same subject code) and for which continuous assessment is deemed appropriate.

S Absent from assessment

W Withdrawn from subject Dropping of subjects after the add/drop period is normally not allowed. Requests for withdrawal from subjects after the add/drop period and prior to examination will only be considered under exceptional circumstances. This code is given when a student has obtained exceptional approval from Department to withdraw from a subject after the "add/drop" period and prior to examination; otherwise, a failure grade (grade F) should be awarded.


31

Z Exempted

T Transfer of credit

A numeral grade point is assigned to each subject grade, as follows:

Grade Grade Point

A+ 4.5

A 4

B+ 3.5

B 3

C+ 2.5

C 2

D+ 1.5

D 1

F 0

At the end of each semester/term, a Grade Point Average (GPA) will be computed as follows, and based on the grade point of all the subjects:

n

nGPAValueCredit Subject

ValueCredit Subject Point GradeSubject

where n = number of all subjects (inclusive of failed subjects) taken by the student up to and including the latest semester/term. For subjects which have been retaken, only the grade point obtained in the final attempt will be included in the GPA calculation

* Entry of grades/codes for subject components is optional.

# For cases where students fail marginally in one of the components within a subject, the BoE can defer making a final decision until the students concerned have completed the necessary remedial work to the satisfaction of the subject examiner(s). The students can be assigned an ' I ' code in this circumstance.

Note: Subjects with the assigned codes I, N, P, U, M, L, W, Z and T (if the subject is without grade transferred) will be omitted in the calculation of the GPA. A subject assigned code S will be taken as zero in the calculation.


32

In addition, the following subjects will be excluded from the GPA calculation:

(a) Exempted subjects

(b) Ungraded subjects

(c) Incomplete subjects

(d) Subjects for which credit transfer has been approved, but without any grade assigned1

(e) Subjects from which a student has been allowed to withdraw (i.e. those with the code 'W')

Subject which has been given an "S" code, i.e. absent from assessment, will be included in the GPA calculation and will be counted as "zero" grade point. GPA is thus the unweighted cumulative average calculated for a student, for all relevant subjects taken from the start of the programme to a particular point of time. GPA is an indicator of overall performance, and is capped at 4.0.

All training credits2 will be counted in the GPA calculation but not in the WGPA calculation.

D 16 Different types of GPA

GPA's will be calculated for each Semester including the Summer Term. This Semester GPA will be used to determine students' eligibility to progress to the next Semester alongside with the 'cumulative GPA'. However, the Semester GPA calculated for the Summer Term will not be used for this purpose, unless the Summer Term study is mandatory for all students of the programme concerned and constitutes part of the graduation requirements.

The GPA calculated after the second Semester of the students' study is therefore a 'cumulative' GPA of all the subjects taken so far by students, and without applying any level weighting.

Along with the 'cumulative' GPA, a weighted GPA will also be calculated, to give an indication to the Board of Examiners on the award classification which a student will likely get if he makes steady progress on his academic studies. GUR subjects will be included in the calculation of weighted GPA for all programmes.

When a student has satisfied the requirements for award, an award GPA will be calculated to determine his award classification. GUR subjects will be included in the calculation of award GPA for all programmes.

1 Subjects taken in PolyU or elsewhere and with grades assigned, and for which credit transfer has been approved, will be included in the

GPA calculation. 2 "Training credits" is used as a generic term only, and also includes clinical/field credits for programmes in different study disciplines.

Laboratory experiments done as a subject/an integral part of a subject to satisfy the academic requirements is not considered to be practical training.


33

Types of GPA Purpose Rules for GPA calculation

GPA Determine Progression/ Graduation

(1) All academic subjects taken by the student throughout his study, both inside and outside the programme curriculum, are included in the GPA calculation.

(2) For training subjects, including WIE and Clinical/Field subjects, departments can decide whether to include them in the GPA calculation.

(3) For retake subjects, only the last attempt will be taken in the GPA calculation.

(4) Level weighting, if any, will be ignored. Semester GPA

Determine Progression

Similar to the rules for GPA as described above, except that only subjects taken in that Semester, including retaken subjects, will be included in the calculation.

Weighted GPA* To give an interim indication on the likely Award GPA

(1) Similar to the rules for GPA, except that only subjects inside the programme curriculum concerned will be included in the calculation. Subjects outside the programme curriculum will be excluded.

(2) Departments can decide whether the training subjects are to be counted towards the Weighted GPA.

(3) For retake subjects, only the last attempt will be taken in the Weighted GPA calculation.

(4) The weighted GPA will be the same as the Award GPA unless a student has taken more subjects than required.

* Note: The rules will include how weighting are to be assigned according to the level of the subject. This is being reviewed and will be confirmed by Senate before the commencement of the 2012/13 academic year.


34

Types of GPA Purpose Rules for GPA calculation

Award GPA For determination of award classification

If the student has not taken more subjects than required, the Award GPA will be as follows: (1) For single Major: Award GPA = Weighted GPA (2) For Major/Minor programmes: Award GPA = Major GPA

D 17 Compulsory graduation

A student is required to graduate as soon as he/she satisfies the graduation requirements.

D 18 Guidelines for award classification

The Weighted GPA will be used as a guide to help determine award classifications, and the level weighting to different subjects of all disciplines and programmes will need to be specified in the Definitive Programme Document.

Weighted GPA will be computed as follows:

n

n

i

i

W ValueCredit Subject

W ValueCredit Subject Point GradeSubject GPA Weighted

where Wi = weighting to be assigned according to the level of the subject (See note below)

n = number of all subjects counted in GPA calculation

Same as for GPA, Weighted GPA is capped at 4.0.

Note: The rules for determining subject level weighting is being reviewed, and will be confirmed by Senate before the commencement of the 2012/13 academic year.

Any subjects passed after the graduation requirement has been met will not be taken into account of in the grade point calculation for award classification.


35

D 19 Classification of awards

The following is a set of indicators, for Boards of Examiners' reference, which can be used in helping to determine award classification:

Classification Guidelines

Distinction The student’s performance/attainment is outstanding, and identifies him as exceptionally able in the field of Electrical Engineering.

Credit The student has reached a standard of performance/ attainment which is more than satisfactory but less than outstanding.

Pass The student has reached a standard of performance/ attainment judged to be satisfactory, and has passed the minimum required for graduation.

There is no requirement for Boards of Examiners to produce award lists which conform to the guidelines of the above table.

D 20 Examination result announcements, transcripts, testimonials and references

At the end of each semester, where appropriate, examination results are announced online for individual students' checking. It provides information on subjects taken and grades attained, the Grade Point Average (GPA) for all subjects, and the overall result for that semester. The announcement serves as an official notification of the student's academic performance.

A formal transcript of studies will be issued by the University, upon request, to any student registered on a programme offered by the University, and it will include the following information:

(a) name and student number;

(b) title of the programme(s) on which enrolled, or from which graduated;

(c) medium of instruction for the programme (applicable only to programmes which are delivered in Chinese and for which both Chinese and English versions are offered);

(d) a full academic record, giving subjects taken and grades attained, and the Grade Point Average (GPA) for all subjects;


36

(e) credit requirement of the student if different from the normal credit requirement of the programme;

(f) where relevant, the final award(s) granted, with classification and year of award.

Students may request for a testimonial which is a certification of their studies at the University, but without details on subjects and subject results.

Students may also request for references direct from academic staff/members concerned.


37

APPENDIX I: SUBJECT DESCRIPTION FORMS

*The Subject Description Form for CBS1101P “Fundamentals of Chinese Communication”, CBS1102P “Advanced Communication Skills in Chinese” and CBS1103P “Fundamentals of Chinese Communication for Higher Diploma Students” will be available for download from the Department Website in October 2014.

CODE SUBJECT PAGE

AMA1110 Basic Mathematics I – Calculus and Probability & Statistics AI - 1

AMA1120 Basic Mathematics II – Calculus and Linear Algebra AI - 2

AMA2111 Mathematics I AI - 3

AMA2112 Mathematics II AI - 5

AP10001 Introduction to Physics AI - 6

AP10008 University Physics I AI - 7

AP10009 University Physics II AI - 8

CBS1101P Fundamentals of Chinese Communication*

CBS1102P Advanced Communication Skills in Chinese*

CBS1103P Fundamentals of Chinese Communication for Higher Diploma Students*

EE2002C Circuit Analysis AI - 9

EE2003C Electronics AI - 11

EE2004C Electrical Energy Systems Fundamentals AI - 13

EE2007C Computer System Fundamentals AI - 14

EE2009C Group Project AI - 16

EE3002C Electromechanical Energy Conversion AI - 19

EE3003C Power Electronics and Drives AI - 20

EE3009C Electrical Services in Buildings AI - 22


38

CODE SUBJECT PAGE

ELC1007 University English for Higher Diploma Students I AI - 23

ELC1008 University English for Higher Diploma Students II AI - 24

ELC1011 Practical English for University Studies AI - 25

ELC1012/1013 English for University Studies AI - 27

ELC1014 Advanced English for University Studies AI - 29

ELC2011 Advanced English Reading and Writing Skills AI - 31

ELC2012 Persuasive Communication AI - 32

ELC2013 English in Literature and Film AI - 33

ENG2002 Computer Programming AI - 35

IC2105 Engineering Communication and Fundamentals AI - 37

IC2112 IC Training I AI - 39

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AM

A11

10

Subj

ect T

itle

Bas

ic M

athe

mat

ics I

– C

alcu

lus a

nd P

roba

bilit

y &

Sta

tistic

s

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

int

rodu

ce s

tude

nts

to t

he b

asic

con

cept

s an

d ap

plic

atio

ns o

f el

emen

tary

cal

culu

s an

d st

atis

tics.

Em

phas

is w

ill b

e on

the

und

erst

andi

ng o

f fu

ndam

enta

l con

cept

s an

d th

e us

e of

mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

in h

andl

ing

prac

tical

pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(N

ote

1)

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a)

appl

y an

alyt

ical

reas

onin

g to

solv

e pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g;

(b)

mak

e us

e of

the

kno

wle

dge

of m

athe

mat

ical

/sta

tistic

al t

echn

ique

s an

d ad

apt

know

n so

lutio

ns to

var

ious

situ

atio

ns;

(c)

appl

y m

athe

mat

ical

mod

elin

g in

pro

blem

solv

ing;

(d

) de

mon

stra

te a

bilit

ies o

f log

ical

and

ana

lytic

al th

inki

ng.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

(Not

e 2)

Elem

enta

ry c

alcu

lus:

Lim

it an

d co

ntin

uity

, der

ivat

ives

and

thei

r ge

omet

ric m

eani

ng,

rule

s of

diff

eren

tiatio

n in

clud

ing

chai

n ru

le,

Leib

niz’

s ru

le a

nd L

’Hop

ital’s

rul

e,

expo

nent

ial

and

loga

rithm

ic f

unct

ions

, tri

gono

met

ric f

unct

ions

and

the

ir in

vers

es,

hype

rbol

ic a

nd i

nver

se h

yper

bolic

fun

ctio

ns,

appl

icat

ions

of

diffe

rent

ial

calc

ulus

in

optim

izat

ion.

(a)

Elem

enta

ry P

roba

bilit

y an

d St

atis

tics:

Des

crip

tive

stat

istic

s, ra

ndom

var

iabl

es,

prob

abili

ty

and

prob

abili

ty

dist

ribut

ions

, bi

nom

ial,

Pois

son

and

norm

al

dist

ribut

ions

, ap

plic

atio

ns.

Po

pula

tion

and

rand

om

sam

ples

. Sa

mpl

ing

dist

ribut

ions

re

late

d to

sa

mpl

e m

ean,

sa

mpl

e pr

opor

tions

, an

d sa

mpl

e va

rianc

es.

Con

cept

s of

a p

oint

est

imat

or a

nd a

con

fiden

ce in

terv

al. P

oint

and

in

terv

al e

stim

ates

of a

mea

n an

d th

e di

ffere

nce

betw

een

two

mea

ns.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

(Not

e 3)

Bas

ic c

once

pts

and

elem

enta

ry t

echn

ique

s of

lim

it, d

iffer

entia

l ca

lcul

us, p

roba

bilit

y an

d st

atis

tics

will

be

taug

ht in

lect

ures

. Th

ese

will

be

furth

er e

nhan

ced

in tu

toria

ls

thro

ugh

prac

tical

pro

blem

solv

ing.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(N

ote

4)

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c d

1.H

omew

ork,

qui

zzes

an

d m

id-te

rm te

st

50%

2. E

xam

inat

ion

50%

Tota

l 10

0 %

C

ontin

uous

Ass

essm

ent

com

pris

es o

f as

sign

men

ts,

in-c

lass

qui

zzes

, on

line

quiz

zes

and

a m

id-te

rm te

st.

An

exam

inat

ion

is h

eld

at th

e en

d of

the

sem

este

r.

Que

stio

ns u

sed

in a

ssig

nmen

ts,

quiz

zes,

test

s an

d ex

amin

atio

ns a

re u

sed

to a

sses

s st

uden

ts’

leve

l of

und

erst

andi

ng o

f th

e ba

sic

conc

epts

and

the

ir ab

ility

to

use

mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

in so

lvin

g pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g.

To p

ass

this

sub

ject

, st

uden

ts a

re r

equi

red

to o

btai

n gr

ade

D o

r ab

ove

in b

oth

the

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t and

the

exam

inat

ion

com

pone

nts.

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

subj

ect f

ocus

es o

n un

ders

tand

ing

of b

asic

con

cept

s an

d ap

plic

atio

n of

tech

niqu

es

in d

iffer

entia

l/int

egra

l cal

culu

s, el

emen

tary

sta

tistic

s an

d el

emen

tary

line

ar a

lgeb

ra.

As

such

, an

as

sess

men

t m

etho

d ba

sed

mai

nly

on

exam

inat

ions

/test

s/qu

izze

s is

co

nsid

ered

app

ropr

iate

. F

urth

erm

ore,

stu

dent

s ar

e re

quire

d to

sub

mit

hom

ewor

k as

sign

men

ts r

egul

arly

in

orde

r to

allo

w s

ubje

ct l

ectu

rers

to

keep

tra

ck o

f st

uden

ts’

prog

ress

in th

e co

urse

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d C

lass

con

tact

:

Le

ctur

e 26

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 13

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

H

omew

ork

and

self-

stud

y 81

Hrs

.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

12

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s

Chu

ng, K

.C.

A Sh

ort C

ours

e in

Cal

culu

s and

Mat

rice

s, M

cGra

w H

ill 2

013

Hun

g, K

.F.,

Kw

an,

Wils

on,

Pong

, T.

Y.

Foun

datio

n M

athe

mat

ics

& S

tatis

tics,

McG

raw

Hill

201

3

Lars

on, R

., Ed

war

ds, B

. Si

ngle

Var

iabl

e C

alcu

lus,

Bro

oks/

Col

e 20

12

Wal

pole

, R

.E.,

Mye

rs,

R.H

., M

yers

, S.

L. Y

e, K

. P

roba

bilit

y an

d St

atis

tics

for

Engi

neer

s and

Sci

entis

ts, P

rent

ice

Hal

l, 20

12

Not

e 1:

Int

ende

d Le

arni

ng O

utco

mes

In

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

sho

uld

stat

e w

hat s

tude

nts

shou

ld b

e ab

le to

do

or a

ttain

upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect.

Subj

ect o

utco

mes

are

ex

pect

ed to

con

tribu

te to

the

atta

inm

ent o

f the

ove

rall

prog

ram

me

outc

omes

.

Not

e 2:

Sub

ject

Syn

opsi

s/ In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

The

sylla

bus s

houl

d ad

equa

tely

add

ress

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es. A

t the

sam

e tim

e ov

er-c

row

ding

of t

he sy

llabu

s sho

uld

be a

void

ed.

Not

e 3:

Tea

chin

g/Le

arni

ng M

etho

dolo

gy

This

sec

tion

shou

ld in

clud

e a

brie

f des

crip

tion

of th

e te

achi

ng a

nd le

arni

ng m

etho

ds to

be

empl

oyed

to fa

cilit

ate

lear

ning

, and

a ju

stifi

catio

n of

how

the

met

hods

are

alig

ned

with

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es o

f the

subj

ect.

N

ote

4:

Asse

ssm

ent M

etho

d Th

is s

ectio

n sh

ould

inc

lude

the

ass

essm

ent

met

hod(

s) t

o be

use

d an

d its

rel

ativ

e w

eigh

ting,

and

ind

icat

e w

hich

of

the

subj

ect

inte

nded

le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

that

eac

h m

etho

d pu

rpor

ts to

ass

ess.

It sh

ould

als

o pr

ovid

e a

brie

f exp

lana

tion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t m

etho

ds in

ass

essi

ng th

e in

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

.

AI - 1

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AM

A11

20

Subj

ect T

itle

Bas

ic M

athe

mat

ics I

I – C

alcu

lus a

nd L

inea

r Alg

ebra

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

A

MA

1110

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

int

rodu

ce s

tude

nts

to t

he b

asic

con

cept

s an

d ap

plic

atio

ns o

f el

emen

tary

cal

culu

s an

d st

atis

tics.

Em

phas

is w

ill b

e on

the

und

erst

andi

ng o

f fu

ndam

enta

l con

cept

s an

d th

e us

e of

mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

in h

andl

ing

prac

tical

pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(N

ote

1)

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a)

appl

y an

alyt

ical

reas

onin

g to

solv

e pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g;

(b)

mak

e us

e of

the

kno

wle

dge

of m

athe

mat

ical

/sta

tistic

al t

echn

ique

s an

d ad

apt

know

n so

lutio

ns to

var

ious

situ

atio

ns;

(c)

appl

y m

athe

mat

ical

mod

elin

g in

pro

blem

solv

ing;

(d

) de

mon

stra

te a

bilit

ies o

f log

ical

and

ana

lytic

al th

inki

ng.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

(Not

e 2)

Elem

enta

ry c

alcu

lus:

Mea

n V

alue

The

orem

with

app

licat

ions

to li

near

app

roxi

mat

ion

and

curv

e sk

etch

ing.

D

efin

ite a

nd i

ndef

inite

int

egra

ls,

fund

amen

tal

theo

rem

of

calc

ulus

, m

etho

ds o

f in

tegr

atio

n (in

tegr

atio

n by

sub

stitu

tion,

int

egra

tion

by p

arts

, in

tegr

atio

n of

ra

tiona

l fu

nctio

ns

usin

g pa

rtial

fr

actio

ns

and

inte

grat

ion

of

trigo

nom

etric

and

hyp

erbo

lic fu

nctio

ns),

redu

ctio

n fo

rmul

as, a

pplic

atio

ns to

geo

met

ry

and

engi

neer

ing.

Line

ar a

lgeb

ra:

Bas

ic p

rope

rties

of

mat

rices

and

det

erm

inan

ts,

linea

r sy

stem

s, G

auss

ian

elim

inat

ion,

inve

rse

of a

squ

are

mat

rix, C

ram

er’s

rule

, vec

tors

in 2

-spa

ce o

r in

3-s

pace

, app

licat

ions

to g

eom

etry

.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

(Not

e 3)

Bas

ic c

once

pts

and

elem

enta

ry t

echn

ique

s of

diff

eren

tial

and

inte

gral

cal

culu

s an

d lin

ear

alge

bra

will

be

taug

ht in

lect

ures

. Th

ese

will

be

furth

er e

nhan

ced

in tu

toria

ls

thro

ugh

prac

tical

pro

blem

solv

ing.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(N

ote

4)

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c d

1.H

omew

ork,

qui

zzes

an

d m

id-te

rm te

st

50%

2. E

xam

inat

ion

50%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Con

tinuo

us A

sses

smen

t co

mpr

ises

of

assi

gnm

ents

, in

-cla

ss q

uizz

es,

onlin

e qu

izze

s an

d a

mid

-term

test

. A

n ex

amin

atio

n is

hel

d at

the

end

of th

e se

mes

ter.

Que

stio

ns u

sed

in a

ssig

nmen

ts,

quiz

zes,

test

s an

d ex

amin

atio

ns a

re u

sed

to a

sses

s st

uden

ts’

leve

l of

und

erst

andi

ng o

f th

e ba

sic

conc

epts

and

the

ir ab

ility

to

use

mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

in so

lvin

g pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g.

To p

ass

this

sub

ject

, st

uden

ts a

re r

equi

red

to o

btai

n gr

ade

D o

r ab

ove

in b

oth

the

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t and

the

exam

inat

ion

com

pone

nts.

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

subj

ect f

ocus

es o

n un

ders

tand

ing

of b

asic

con

cept

s an

d ap

plic

atio

n of

tech

niqu

es

in d

iffer

entia

l/int

egra

l cal

culu

s, el

emen

tary

sta

tistic

s an

d el

emen

tary

line

ar a

lgeb

ra.

As

such

, an

as

sess

men

t m

etho

d ba

sed

mai

nly

on

exam

inat

ions

/test

s/qu

izze

s is

co

nsid

ered

app

ropr

iate

. F

urth

erm

ore,

stu

dent

s ar

e re

quire

d to

sub

mit

hom

ewor

k as

sign

men

ts r

egul

arly

in

orde

r to

allo

w s

ubje

ct l

ectu

rers

to

keep

tra

ck o

f st

uden

ts’

prog

ress

in th

e co

urse

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d C

lass

con

tact

:

Le

ctur

e 26

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 13

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

H

omew

ork

and

self-

stud

y 81

Hrs

.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

12

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s

Chu

ng, K

.C.

A Sh

ort C

ours

e in

Cal

culu

s and

Mat

rice

s, M

cGra

w H

ill 2

013

Hun

g, K

.F.,

Kw

an,

Wils

on,

Pong

, T.

Y.

Foun

datio

n M

athe

mat

ics

& S

tatis

tics,

McG

raw

Hill

201

3

Lars

on, R

., Ed

war

ds, B

. Si

ngle

Var

iabl

e C

alcu

lus,

Bro

oks/

Col

e 20

12

Lars

on, R

. El

emen

tary

Lin

ear A

lgeb

ra,

Bro

oks/

Col

e 20

13

Not

e 1:

Int

ende

d Le

arni

ng O

utco

mes

In

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

sho

uld

stat

e w

hat s

tude

nts

shou

ld b

e ab

le to

do

or a

ttain

upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect.

Subj

ect o

utco

mes

are

ex

pect

ed to

con

tribu

te to

the

atta

inm

ent o

f the

ove

rall

prog

ram

me

outc

omes

.

Not

e 2:

Sub

ject

Syn

opsi

s/ In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

The

sylla

bus s

houl

d ad

equa

tely

add

ress

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es. A

t the

sam

e tim

e ov

er-c

row

ding

of t

he sy

llabu

s sho

uld

be a

void

ed.

Not

e 3:

Tea

chin

g/Le

arni

ng M

etho

dolo

gy

This

sec

tion

shou

ld in

clud

e a

brie

f des

crip

tion

of th

e te

achi

ng a

nd le

arni

ng m

etho

ds to

be

empl

oyed

to fa

cilit

ate

lear

ning

, and

a ju

stifi

catio

n of

how

the

met

hods

are

alig

ned

with

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es o

f the

subj

ect.

N

ote

4:

Asse

ssm

ent M

etho

d Th

is s

ectio

n sh

ould

inc

lude

the

ass

essm

ent

met

hod(

s) t

o be

use

d an

d its

rel

ativ

e w

eigh

ting,

and

ind

icat

e w

hich

of

the

subj

ect

inte

nded

le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

that

eac

h m

etho

d pu

rpor

ts to

ass

ess.

It sh

ould

als

o pr

ovid

e a

brie

f exp

lana

tion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t m

etho

ds in

ass

essi

ng th

e in

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

.

AI - 2

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AM

A21

11

Subj

ect T

itle

Mat

hem

atic

s I

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

C

alcu

lus I

(AM

A11

01) o

r

Cal

culu

s IA

(AM

A11

02) o

r

Bas

ic M

athe

mat

ics I

– C

alcu

lus a

nd P

roba

bilit

y &

Sta

tistic

s (A

MA

1110

) or

Bas

ic M

athe

mat

ics I

I –C

alcu

lus a

nd L

inea

r Alg

ebra

(AM

A11

20)

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

int

rodu

ce s

tude

nts

to t

he b

asic

prin

cipl

es a

nd t

echn

ique

s of

en

gine

erin

g m

athe

mat

ics.

Em

phas

is w

ill b

e on

the

und

erst

andi

ng o

f fu

ndam

enta

l co

ncep

ts a

s w

ell

as a

pplic

atio

ns o

f m

athe

mat

ical

met

hods

in

solv

ing

prac

tical

pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

U

pon

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

: 1.

ap

ply

mat

hem

atic

al r

easo

ning

to a

naly

ze e

ssen

tial f

eatu

res

of d

iffer

ent p

robl

ems

in sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g;

2.

exte

nd t

heir

know

ledg

e of

mat

hem

atic

al a

nd n

umer

ical

tec

hniq

ues

and

adap

t kn

own

solu

tions

in v

ario

us si

tuat

ions

; 3.

de

velo

p an

d ex

trapo

late

the

mat

hem

atic

al c

once

pts

in s

ynth

esiz

ing

and

solv

ing

new

pro

blem

s 4.

de

mon

stra

te a

bilit

ies o

f log

ical

and

ana

lytic

al th

inki

ng;

5.

sear

ch fo

r use

ful i

nfor

mat

ion

in th

e pr

oces

s of p

robl

em so

lvin

g.

Con

trib

utio

n of

the

Subj

ect t

o th

e A

ttai

nmen

t of t

he

Prog

ram

me

Out

com

es

Prog

ram

me

Out

com

es:

(for

423

75)

Cat

egor

y A

: Pro

fess

iona

l/aca

dem

ic k

now

ledg

e an

d sk

ills

Pr

ogra

mm

e O

utco

mes

1, 2

, 4 a

nd 5

.

Cat

egor

y B

: Attr

ibut

es fo

r all-

roun

dedn

ess

Pr

ogra

mm

e O

utco

mes

9 a

nd 1

0.

(for

424

70)

Cat

egor

y A

: Pro

fess

iona

l/aca

dem

ic k

now

ledg

e an

d sk

ills

Pr

ogra

mm

e O

utco

mes

4 a

nd 5

. C

ateg

ory

B: A

ttrib

utes

for a

ll-ro

unde

dnes

s

Prog

ram

me

Out

com

es 1

0 an

d 11

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Alg

ebra

of c

ompl

ex n

umbe

rs

C

ompl

ex n

umbe

rs, g

eom

etric

repr

esen

tatio

n, c

ompl

ex e

xpon

entia

l fu

nctio

ns, n

-th

root

s of a

com

plex

num

ber.

2.

Line

ar a

lgeb

ra

R

evie

w o

f m

atric

es, d

eter

min

ants

and

sys

tem

s of

line

ar e

quat

ions

, vec

tor s

pace

s, in

ner p

rodu

ct a

nd o

rthog

onal

ity, e

igen

valu

es a

nd e

igen

vect

ors,

appl

icat

ions

.

3.

Ord

inar

y di

ffere

ntia

l equ

atio

ns

O

DE

of f

irst a

nd s

econ

d or

der,

linea

r sy

stem

s, La

plac

e tra

nsfo

rms,

Con

volu

tion

theo

rem

, app

licat

ions

to m

echa

nica

l vib

ratio

ns a

nd si

mpl

e ci

rcui

ts.

4.

Diff

eren

tial c

alcu

lus o

f fun

ctio

ns o

f sev

eral

var

iabl

es

Pa

rtial

der

ivat

ives

, tot

al d

iffer

entia

l, ch

ain

rule

, Tay

lor’s

exp

ansi

on, m

axim

a an

d m

inim

a, d

irect

iona

l de

rivat

ives

, La

gran

ge m

ultip

liers

, im

plic

it di

ffere

ntia

tion,

ap

plic

atio

ns.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

The

subj

ect w

ill b

e de

liver

ed m

ainl

y th

roug

h le

ctur

es a

nd tu

toria

ls.

The

lect

ures

aim

to

pro

vide

the

stud

ents

with

an

inte

grat

ed k

now

ledg

e re

quire

d fo

r th

e un

ders

tand

ing

and

appl

icat

ion

of m

athe

mat

ical

con

cept

s an

d te

chni

ques

. Tu

toria

ls w

ill m

ainl

y be

us

ed to

dev

elop

stud

ents

’ pro

blem

solv

ing

abili

ty.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

1 2

3 4

5

1.H

omew

ork,

qu

izze

s and

mid

-te

rm te

st

40%

2. E

xam

inat

ion

60%

Tota

l 10

0%

C

ontin

uous

Ass

essm

ent

com

pris

es o

f as

sign

men

ts,

in-c

lass

qui

zzes

, on

line

quiz

zes

and

a m

id-te

rm te

st.

An

exam

inat

ion

is h

eld

at th

e en

d of

the

sem

este

r.

Que

stio

ns u

sed

in a

ssig

nmen

ts,

quiz

zes,

test

s an

d ex

amin

atio

ns a

re u

sed

to a

sses

s st

uden

ts’

leve

l of

und

erst

andi

ng o

f th

e ba

sic

conc

epts

and

the

ir ab

ility

to

use

mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

in so

lvin

g pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g.

To p

ass

this

sub

ject

, st

uden

ts a

re r

equi

red

to o

btai

n gr

ade

D o

r ab

ove

in b

oth

the

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t and

the

exam

inat

ion

com

pone

nts.

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

subj

ect f

ocus

es o

n un

ders

tand

ing

of b

asic

con

cept

s an

d ap

plic

atio

n of

tech

niqu

es

in e

ngin

eeri

ng m

athe

mat

ics.

As

such

, an

ass

essm

ent

met

hod

base

d m

ainl

y on

ex

amin

atio

ns/te

sts/

quiz

zes

is c

onsi

dere

d ap

prop

riat

e.

Furt

herm

ore,

stu

dent

s ar

e re

quire

d to

sub

mit

hom

ewor

k as

sign

men

ts r

egul

arly

in

orde

r to

allo

w s

ubje

ct

lect

urer

s to

keep

trac

k of

stud

ents

’ pro

gres

s in

the

cour

se.

AI - 3

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 26

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 13

Hrs

.

M

id-te

rm te

st a

nd e

xam

inat

ion

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort

5 H

rs.

A

ssig

nmen

ts a

nd S

elf s

tudy

7

3 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort:

11

7 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s 1.

C

.K. C

han,

C.W

. Cha

n an

d K

.F. H

ung,

Bas

ic E

ngin

eeri

ng M

athe

mat

ics,

McG

raw

-H

ill, 2

013.

2.

A

nton

, H.

Elem

enta

ry L

inea

r Alg

ebra

(11t

h ed

ition

). Jo

hn W

iley,

201

3.

3.

Kre

yszi

g, E

. (20

11).

Adv

ance

d En

gine

erin

g M

athe

mat

ics,

10th

ed.

Wile

y.

4.

Jam

es, G

. (2

008)

. M

oder

n En

gine

erin

g M

athe

mat

ics,

4th

ed. P

rent

ice

Hal

l. 5.

Th

omas

, G. B

., W

eir,

M. D

. &

Has

s, J.

R. (

2009

). T

hom

as’ C

alcu

lus,

12th

ed.

A

ddis

on W

esle

y.

AI - 4

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AM

A21

12

Subj

ect T

itle

Mat

hem

atic

s II

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

M

athe

mat

ics I

(AM

A21

11)

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

is a

con

tinua

tion

of A

MA

2111

. It

aim

s to

intro

duce

stu

dent

s to

the

basi

c pr

inci

ples

and

tec

hniq

ues

of e

ngin

eerin

g m

athe

mat

ics.

Em

phas

is w

ill b

e on

the

un

ders

tand

ing

of f

unda

men

tal

conc

epts

as

wel

l as

app

licat

ions

of

mat

hem

atic

al

met

hods

in so

lvin

g pr

actic

al p

robl

ems i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

1.

appl

y m

athe

mat

ical

rea

soni

ng to

ana

lyze

ess

entia

l fea

ture

s of

diff

eren

t pro

blem

s in

scie

nce

and

engi

neer

ing;

2.

ex

tend

the

ir kn

owle

dge

of m

athe

mat

ical

and

num

eric

al t

echn

ique

s an

d ad

apt

know

n so

lutio

ns in

var

ious

situ

atio

ns;

3.

deve

lop

and

extra

pola

te t

he m

athe

mat

ical

con

cept

s in

syn

thes

izin

g an

d so

lvin

g ne

w p

robl

ems

4.

dem

onst

rate

abi

litie

s of l

ogic

al a

nd a

naly

tical

thin

king

; 5.

se

arch

for u

sefu

l inf

orm

atio

n in

the

proc

ess o

f pro

blem

solv

ing.

Con

trib

utio

n of

the

Subj

ect t

o th

e A

ttai

nmen

t of t

he

Prog

ram

me

Out

com

es

Prog

ram

me

Out

com

es:

Cat

egor

y A

: Pro

fess

iona

l/aca

dem

ic k

now

ledg

e an

d sk

ills

Pr

ogra

mm

e O

utco

mes

4 a

nd 5

.

Cat

egor

y B

: Attr

ibut

es fo

r all-

roun

dedn

ess

Pr

ogra

mm

e O

utco

mes

10

and

11.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Mul

tiple

inte

gral

s

Dou

ble

and

tripl

e in

tegr

als,

chan

ge o

f va

riabl

es,

appl

icat

ions

to

prob

lem

s in

ge

omet

ry a

nd m

echa

nics

. 2.

V

ecto

r cal

culu

s

Vec

tor a

nd s

cala

r fie

lds,

the

del o

pera

tor,

line

and

surf

ace

inte

gral

s, th

e th

eore

ms

of G

reen

, G

auss

and

Sto

kes,

appl

icat

ions

to

elec

trom

agne

tic t

heor

y an

d flu

id

mec

hani

cs.

3.

Serie

s exp

ansi

on

In

finite

se

ries,

Tayl

or’s

ex

pans

ion,

Fo

urie

r se

ries

expa

nsio

n of

a

perio

dic

func

tion.

4.

Pa

rtial

diff

eren

tial e

quat

ions

Form

ulat

ion

of P

DE

of m

athe

mat

ical

phy

sics

, sep

arat

ion

of v

aria

bles

, ini

tial-

boun

dary

va

lue

prob

lem

s, in

trodu

ctio

n to

Fou

rier t

rans

form

s.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

The

subj

ect w

ill b

e de

liver

ed m

ainl

y th

roug

h le

ctur

es a

nd tu

toria

ls.

The

lect

ures

aim

to

pro

vide

the

stud

ents

with

an

inte

grat

ed k

now

ledg

e re

quire

d fo

r th

e un

ders

tand

ing

and

appl

icat

ion

of m

athe

mat

ical

con

cept

s an

d te

chni

ques

. Tu

toria

ls w

ill m

ainl

y be

us

ed to

dev

elop

stud

ents

’ pro

blem

solv

ing

abili

ty.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

1 2

3 4

5

1.

Hom

ewor

k,

quiz

zes a

nd m

id-

term

test

40

%

2.

Exam

inat

ion

60%

Tota

l 10

0%

C

ontin

uous

Ass

essm

ent

com

pris

es o

f as

sign

men

ts,

in-c

lass

qui

zzes

, on

line

quiz

zes

and

a m

id-te

rm te

st.

An

exam

inat

ion

is h

eld

at th

e en

d of

the

sem

este

r.

Que

stio

ns u

sed

in a

ssig

nmen

ts,

quiz

zes,

test

s an

d ex

amin

atio

ns a

re u

sed

to a

sses

s st

uden

ts’

leve

l of

und

erst

andi

ng o

f th

e ba

sic

conc

epts

and

the

ir ab

ility

to

use

mat

hem

atic

al te

chni

ques

in so

lvin

g pr

oble

ms i

n sc

ienc

e an

d en

gine

erin

g.

To p

ass

this

sub

ject

, st

uden

ts a

re r

equi

red

to o

btai

n gr

ade

D o

r ab

ove

in b

oth

the

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t and

the

exam

inat

ion

com

pone

nts.

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

subj

ect f

ocus

es o

n un

ders

tand

ing

of b

asic

con

cept

s an

d ap

plic

atio

n of

tech

niqu

es

in e

ngin

eeri

ng m

athe

mat

ics.

As

such

, an

ass

essm

ent

met

hod

base

d m

ainl

y on

ex

amin

atio

ns/te

sts/

quiz

zes

is c

onsi

dere

d ap

prop

riat

e.

Furt

herm

ore,

stu

dent

s ar

e re

quire

d to

sub

mit

hom

ewor

k as

sign

men

ts r

egul

arly

in

orde

r to

allo

w s

ubje

ct

lect

urer

s to

keep

trac

k of

stud

ents

’ pro

gres

s in

the

cour

se.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 26

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 13

Hrs

.

M

id-te

rm te

st a

nd e

xam

inat

ion

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort

5 H

rs.

A

ssig

nmen

ts a

nd S

elf s

tudy

7

3 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort:

11

7 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s 1.

C

.K. C

han,

C.W

. Cha

n an

d K

.F. H

ung,

Bas

ic E

ngin

eeri

ng M

athe

mat

ics,

McG

raw

-H

ill, 2

013.

2.

A

nton

, H.

Elem

enta

ry L

inea

r Alg

ebra

(11t

h ed

ition

). Jo

hn W

iley,

201

3.

3.

Kre

yszi

g, E

. (20

11).

Adv

ance

d En

gine

erin

g M

athe

mat

ics,

10th

ed.

Wile

y.

4.

Jam

es, G

. (2

008)

. M

oder

n En

gine

erin

g M

athe

mat

ics,

4th

ed. P

rent

ice

Hal

l. 5.

Th

omas

, G. B

., W

eir,

M. D

. &

Has

s, J.

R. (

2009

). T

hom

as’ C

alcu

lus,

12th

ed.

A

ddis

on W

esle

y.

AI - 5

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AP1

0001

Subj

ect T

itle

Intro

duct

ion

to P

hysi

cs

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

Th

is i

s a

subj

ect

desi

gned

for

stu

dent

s w

ith n

o ba

ckgr

ound

in

phys

ics

stud

ies.

Fund

amen

tal

conc

epts

in

m

ajor

to

pics

of

ph

ysic

s (m

echa

nics

, he

at,

wav

e an

d el

ectro

mag

netis

m) w

ill b

e di

scus

sed.

The

aim

of t

his

subj

ect i

s to

equ

ip s

tude

nts

with

so

me

basi

c ph

ysic

s kn

owle

dge,

and

to a

ppre

ciat

e its

app

licat

ions

in v

ario

us b

ranc

hes

of

scie

nce

and

tech

nolo

gy.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a)

solv

e si

mpl

e pr

oble

ms i

n ki

nem

atic

s and

New

ton’

s law

; (b

) so

lve

prob

lem

s in

heat

cap

acity

and

late

nt h

eat;

(c

) ex

plai

n ph

enom

ena

rela

ted

to th

e w

ave

char

acte

r of l

ight

; (d

) ap

ply

the

supe

rpos

ition

of w

aves

;

(e)

defin

e el

ectro

stat

ic fi

eld

and

pote

ntia

l; (f

) so

lve

prob

lem

s on

inte

ract

ion

betw

een

curr

ent a

nd m

agne

tic fi

eld;

and

(g

) ap

ply

Fara

day’

s law

to v

ario

us p

heno

men

a.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Mec

hani

cs: s

cala

rs a

nd v

ecto

rs; k

inem

atic

s and

dyn

amic

s; N

ewto

n’s l

aws;

mom

entu

m,

impu

lse,

wor

k an

d en

ergy

; con

serv

atio

n of

mom

entu

m a

nd c

onse

rvat

ion

of e

nerg

y.

The

rmal

phy

sics

: he

at a

nd in

tern

al e

nerg

y; h

eat c

apac

ity; c

ondu

ctio

n, c

onve

ctio

n an

d ra

diat

ion;

late

nt h

eat.

W

aves

: nat

ure

of w

aves

; wav

e m

otio

n; r

efle

ctio

n an

d re

frac

tion;

imag

e fo

rmat

ion

by

mirr

ors

and

lens

es;

supe

rpos

ition

of

w

aves

; st

andi

ng

wav

es;

diff

ract

ion

and

inte

rfer

ence

; ele

ctro

mag

netic

spec

trum

; sou

nd w

aves

. E

lect

rom

agne

tism

: ch

arge

s; C

oulo

mb’

s la

w;

elec

tric

field

and

pot

entia

l; cu

rren

t an

d re

sist

ance

; Ohm

’s la

w; m

agne

tic fi

eld;

mag

netic

forc

e on

mov

ing

char

ges

and

curr

ent-

carr

ying

con

duct

ors;

Far

aday

’s la

w a

nd L

enz’

s law

.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

Lec

ture

: Fun

dam

enta

ls in

mec

hani

cs, w

aves

and

ele

ctro

mag

netis

m w

ill b

e ex

plai

ned.

Ex

ampl

es w

ill b

e us

ed to

illu

stra

te th

e co

ncep

ts a

nd id

eas

in th

e le

ctur

e. S

tude

nts

are

free

to re

ques

t hel

p. H

omew

ork

prob

lem

sets

will

be

give

n.

Stud

ent-

cent

ered

Tut

oria

l: St

uden

ts w

ill w

ork

on a

set

of

prob

lem

s in

tut

oria

ls.

Stud

ents

are

enc

oura

ged

to s

olve

pro

blem

s an

d to

use

thei

r ow

n kn

owle

dge

to v

erify

th

eir

solu

tions

be

fore

se

ekin

g as

sist

ance

.

Thes

e pr

oble

m

sets

pr

ovid

e th

em

oppo

rtuni

ties

to a

pply

the

ir kn

owle

dge

gain

ed f

rom

the

lec

ture

. T

hey

also

hel

p th

e st

uden

ts to

con

solid

ate

wha

t the

y ha

ve le

arne

d.

Furth

erm

ore,

stu

dent

s ca

n de

velo

p a

deep

er u

nder

stan

ding

of t

he su

bjec

t in

rela

tion

to d

aily

life

phe

nom

ena

or e

xper

ienc

e.

e-le

arni

ng:

In o

rder

to

enha

nce

the

effe

ctiv

enes

s of

tea

chin

g an

d le

arni

ng p

roce

sses

, el

ectro

nic

mea

ns a

nd m

ultim

edia

tec

hnol

ogie

s w

ould

be

adop

ted

for

pres

enta

tions

of

lect

ures

; co

mm

unic

atio

n be

twee

n st

uden

ts

and

lect

urer

; de

liver

y of

ha

ndou

ts,

hom

ewor

k an

d no

tices

etc

.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be

asse

ssed

a

b c

d e

f g

(1)

Con

tinuo

us a

sses

smen

t 40

%

(2

) Ex

amin

atio

n 60

%

To

tal

100%

Con

tinuo

us a

sses

smen

t:

The

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t in

clud

es a

ssig

nmen

ts,

quiz

zes

and

test

(s)

whi

ch a

im a

t ch

ecki

ng t

he p

rogr

ess

of s

tude

nts

stud

y th

roug

hout

the

cou

rse,

ass

istin

g th

em i

n fu

lfilli

ng th

e le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

. A

ssig

nmen

ts in

gen

eral

incl

ude

end-

of-c

hapt

er p

robl

ems,

whi

ch a

re u

sed

to r

einf

orce

an

d as

sess

the

conc

epts

and

ski

lls a

cqui

red

by th

e st

uden

ts; a

nd to

let t

hem

kno

w th

e le

vel o

f und

erst

andi

ng th

at th

ey a

re e

xpec

ted

to re

ach.

A

t lea

st o

ne te

st w

ould

be

adm

inis

tere

d du

ring

the

cour

se o

f the

sub

ject

as

a m

eans

of

timel

y ch

ecki

ng o

f le

arni

ng p

rogr

ess

by r

efer

ring

to t

he i

nten

ded

outc

omes

, an

d as

m

eans

of

chec

king

how

effe

ctiv

e th

e st

uden

ts d

iges

t an

d co

nsol

idat

e th

e m

ater

ials

ta

ught

in th

e cl

ass.

Exa

min

atio

n: T

his

is a

maj

or a

sses

smen

t co

mpo

nent

of

the

subj

ect.

It

wou

ld b

e a

clos

ed-b

ook

exam

inat

ion.

C

ompl

icat

ed f

orm

ulas

wou

ld b

e gi

ven

to a

void

rot

e m

emor

y,

such

th

at

the

emph

asis

of

as

sess

men

t w

ould

be

pu

t on

te

stin

g th

e un

ders

tand

ing,

ana

lysi

s and

pro

blem

solv

ing

abili

ty o

f the

stud

ents

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 33

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 6

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

Se

lf-st

udy

81 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

12

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s Jo

hn D

. C

utne

ll &

Ken

neth

W.

John

son,

Int

rodu

ctio

n to

Phy

sics

, 9t

h ed

ition

, 20

13,

John

Wile

y &

Son

s. H

ewitt

, Con

cept

ual P

hysi

cs, 1

1th

editi

on, 2

010,

Ben

jam

in C

umm

ings

.

AI - 6

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AP1

0008

Subj

ect T

itle

Uni

vers

ity P

hysi

cs I

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/ C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

Th

is c

ours

e pr

ovid

es a

bro

ad f

ound

atio

n in

mec

hani

cs a

nd t

herm

al p

hysi

cs t

o th

ose

stud

ents

who

are

goi

ng to

stud

y sc

ienc

e, e

ngin

eerin

g, o

r rel

ated

pro

gram

mes

.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(h)

solv

e si

mpl

e pr

oble

ms i

n si

ngle

-par

ticle

mec

hani

cs u

sing

cal

culu

s and

vec

tors

; (i)

so

lve

prob

lem

s in

mec

hani

cs o

f man

y-pa

rticl

e sy

stem

s usi

ng c

alcu

lus a

nd v

ecto

rs;

(j)

defin

e si

mpl

e ha

rmon

ic m

otio

n an

d so

lve

sim

ple

prob

lem

s;

(k)

expl

ain

the

form

atio

n of

aco

ustic

al st

andi

ng w

aves

and

bea

ts;

(l)

us

e D

oppl

er’s

eff

ect t

o ex

plai

n ch

ange

s in

freq

uenc

y re

ceiv

ed.

(m) e

xpla

in id

eal g

as la

ws i

n te

rms o

f kin

etic

theo

ry;

(n)

appl

y th

e fir

st la

w o

f the

rmod

ynam

ics t

o si

mpl

e pr

oces

ses;

and

(o

) so

lve

sim

ple

prob

lem

s rel

ated

to th

e C

arno

t cyc

le.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Mec

hani

cs:

calc

ulus

-bas

ed k

inem

atic

s, dy

nam

ics

and

New

ton’

s la

ws;

cal

culu

s-ba

sed

New

toni

an m

echa

nics

, in

volv

ing

the

appl

icat

ion

of i

mpu

lse,

mom

entu

m,

wor

k an

d en

ergy

, etc

.; co

nser

vatio

n la

w; g

ravi

tatio

n fie

ld; s

yste

ms

of p

artic

les;

col

lisio

ns; r

igid

bo

dy

rota

tion;

an

gula

r m

omen

tum

; os

cilla

tions

an

d si

mpl

e ha

rmon

ic

mot

ion;

pe

ndul

um; s

tatic

s; lo

ngitu

dina

l and

tran

sver

se w

aves

; tra

velli

ng w

ave;

Dop

pler

effe

ct;

acou

stic

s. T

herm

al p

hysi

cs:

cond

uctio

n, c

onve

ctio

n an

d ra

diat

ion;

bla

ck b

ody

radi

atio

n an

d en

ergy

qua

ntiz

atio

n; id

eal g

as a

nd k

inet

ic th

eory

; wor

k, h

eat a

nd in

tern

al e

nerg

y; f

irst

law

of t

herm

odyn

amic

s; e

ntro

py a

nd th

e se

cond

law

of t

herm

odyn

amic

s; C

arno

t cyc

le;

heat

eng

ine

and

refr

iger

ator

s.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

Lec

ture

: Fun

dam

enta

ls in

mec

hani

cs, w

aves

and

ele

ctro

mag

netis

m w

ill b

e ex

plai

ned.

Ex

ampl

es w

ill b

e us

ed to

illu

stra

te th

e co

ncep

ts a

nd id

eas

in th

e le

ctur

e. S

tude

nts

are

free

to re

ques

t hel

p. H

omew

ork

prob

lem

sets

will

be

give

n.

Stud

ent-

cent

ered

Tut

oria

l: St

uden

ts w

ill w

ork

on a

set

of

prob

lem

s in

tut

oria

ls.

Stud

ents

are

enc

oura

ged

to s

olve

pro

blem

s an

d to

use

thei

r ow

n kn

owle

dge

to v

erify

th

eir

solu

tions

be

fore

se

ekin

g as

sist

ance

.

Thes

e pr

oble

m

sets

pr

ovid

e th

em

oppo

rtuni

ties

to a

pply

the

ir kn

owle

dge

gain

ed f

rom

the

lec

ture

. Th

ey a

lso

help

the

st

uden

ts to

con

solid

ate

wha

t the

y ha

ve le

arne

d.

Furth

erm

ore,

stu

dent

s ca

n de

velo

p a

deep

er u

nder

stan

ding

of t

he su

bjec

t in

rela

tion

to d

aily

life

phe

nom

ena

or e

xper

ienc

e.

e-le

arni

ng:

In o

rder

to e

nhan

ce t

he e

ffect

iven

ess

of t

each

ing

and

lear

ning

pro

cess

es,

elec

troni

c m

eans

and

mul

timed

ia t

echn

olog

ies

wou

ld b

e ad

opte

d fo

r pr

esen

tatio

ns o

f le

ctur

es;

com

mun

icat

ion

betw

een

stud

ents

an

d le

ctur

er;

deliv

ery

of

hand

outs

, ho

mew

ork

and

notic

es e

tc.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c d

e f

g h

(1)

Con

tinuo

us

asse

ssm

ent

40%

(2)

Exam

inat

ion

60%

To

tal

100%

Con

tinuo

us a

sses

smen

t:

The

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t in

clud

es a

ssig

nmen

ts,

quiz

zes

and

test

(s)

whi

ch a

im a

t ch

ecki

ng t

he p

rogr

ess

of s

tude

nts

stud

y th

roug

hout

the

cou

rse,

ass

istin

g th

em i

n fu

lfilli

ng th

e le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

. A

ssig

nmen

ts in

gen

eral

incl

ude

end-

of-c

hapt

er p

robl

ems,

whi

ch a

re u

sed

to r

einf

orce

an

d as

sess

the

conc

epts

and

ski

lls a

cqui

red

by th

e st

uden

ts; a

nd to

let t

hem

kno

w th

e le

vel o

f und

erst

andi

ng th

at th

ey a

re e

xpec

ted

to re

ach.

A

t lea

st o

ne te

st w

ould

be

adm

inis

tere

d du

ring

the

cour

se o

f the

sub

ject

as

a m

eans

of

timel

y ch

ecki

ng o

f le

arni

ng p

rogr

ess

by r

efer

ring

to t

he i

nten

ded

outc

omes

, an

d as

m

eans

of

chec

king

how

effe

ctiv

e th

e st

uden

ts d

iges

t an

d co

nsol

idat

e th

e m

ater

ials

ta

ught

in th

e cl

ass.

Exa

min

atio

n: T

his

is a

maj

or a

sses

smen

t co

mpo

nent

of

the

subj

ect.

It

wou

ld b

e a

clos

ed-b

ook

exam

inat

ion.

C

ompl

icat

ed f

orm

ulas

wou

ld b

e gi

ven

to a

void

rot

e m

emor

y,

such

th

at

the

emph

asis

of

as

sess

men

t w

ould

be

pu

t on

te

stin

g th

e un

ders

tand

ing,

ana

lysi

s and

pro

blem

solv

ing

abili

ty o

f the

stud

ents

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 33

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 6

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

Se

lf-st

udy

81 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort:

12

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s Jo

hn W

. Jew

ett a

nd R

aym

ond

A. S

erw

ay, “

Phys

ics

for S

cien

tists

and

Eng

inee

rs”,

201

0,

8th

editi

on, B

rook

s/C

ole

Cen

gage

Lea

rnin

g.

W.

Bau

er a

nd G

.D.

Wes

tfall,

“U

nive

rsity

Phy

sics

with

Mod

ern

Phys

ics”

, 20

11,

McG

raw

-Hill

.

AI - 7

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

AP1

0009

Subj

ect T

itle

Uni

vers

ity P

hysi

cs II

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

To

pro

vide

stu

dent

s w

ith f

unda

men

tal k

now

ledg

e in

phy

sics

foc

usin

g on

the

topi

cs o

f w

aves

an

d el

ectro

mag

netis

m.

This

co

urse

pr

epar

es

stud

ents

to

st

udy

scie

nce,

en

gine

erin

g or

rela

ted

prog

ram

mes

.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

(a)

appl

y si

mpl

e la

ws i

n op

tics t

o ex

plai

n im

age

form

atio

n;

(b)

expl

ain

phen

omen

a re

late

d to

the

wav

e ch

arac

ter o

f lig

ht;

(c)

defin

e el

ectro

stat

ic fi

eld

and

pote

ntia

l; (d

) us

e G

auss

’ law

in so

lvin

g pr

oble

ms i

n el

ectro

stat

ics;

(e

) so

lve

prob

lem

s on

inte

ract

ion

betw

een

curr

ent a

nd m

agne

tic fi

eld;

(f

) ap

ply

elec

trom

agne

tic in

duct

ion

to v

ario

us p

heno

men

a; a

nd

(g)

solv

e si

mpl

e pr

oble

ms i

n A

C c

ircui

ts.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Wav

es a

nd o

ptic

s: n

atur

e of

lig

ht,

refle

ctio

n an

d re

frac

tion;

im

age

form

atio

n by

m

irror

s an

d le

nses

; com

poun

d le

ns; m

icro

scop

e an

d te

lesc

ope;

sup

erpo

sitio

n of

wav

es;

Huy

gen’

s pr

inci

ple;

in

terf

eren

ce

and

diffr

actio

n;

inte

rfer

omet

ers

and

diffr

actio

n gr

atin

g; p

olar

izat

ion.

E

lect

rom

agne

tism

: ch

arge

and

Fie

ld;

Cou

lom

b’s

law

and

Gau

ss’

law

; el

ectro

stat

ic

field

and

pot

entia

l diff

eren

ce; c

apac

itors

and

die

lect

ric; c

urre

nt a

nd r

esis

tanc

e; O

hm’s

la

w;

elec

trom

otiv

e fo

rce,

pot

entia

l di

ffere

nce

and

RC

circ

uits

; m

agne

tic f

orce

on

mov

ing

char

ges

and

curr

ent;

Hal

l effe

ct; B

iot-S

avar

t law

and

Am

pere

’s la

w; F

arad

ay’s

la

w a

nd L

enz’

s la

w; s

elf-

indu

ctan

ce a

nd m

utua

l ind

ucta

nce;

tran

sfor

mer

s; A

C c

ircui

ts

and

appl

icat

ions

.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

Lec

ture

: Th

e fu

ndam

enta

ls

in

optic

s an

d el

ectro

mag

netis

m

will

be

ex

plai

ned.

Ex

ampl

es w

ill b

e us

ed to

illu

stra

te th

e co

ncep

ts a

nd id

eas

in th

e le

ctur

e. S

tude

nts

are

free

to re

ques

t hel

p. H

omew

ork

prob

lem

sets

will

be

give

n.

Stud

ent-

cent

ered

Tut

oria

l: St

uden

ts w

ill w

ork

on a

set

of

prob

lem

s in

tut

oria

ls.

Stud

ents

are

enc

oura

ged

to s

olve

pro

blem

s an

d to

use

thei

r ow

n kn

owle

dge

to v

erify

th

eir

solu

tions

be

fore

se

ekin

g as

sist

ance

.

Thes

e pr

oble

m

sets

pr

ovid

e th

em

oppo

rtuni

ties

to a

pply

the

ir kn

owle

dge

gain

ed f

rom

the

lec

ture

. T

hey

also

hel

p th

e st

uden

ts to

con

solid

ate

wha

t the

y ha

ve le

arne

d.

Furth

erm

ore,

stu

dent

s ca

n de

velo

p a

deep

er u

nder

stan

ding

of t

he su

bjec

t in

rela

tion

to d

aily

life

phe

nom

ena

or e

xper

ienc

e.

e-le

arni

ng: I

n or

der

to e

nhan

ce th

e ef

fect

iven

ess

of te

achi

ng a

nd le

arni

ng p

roce

sses

, el

ectro

nic

mea

ns a

nd m

ultim

edia

tech

nolo

gies

wou

ld b

e ad

opte

d fo

r pr

esen

tatio

ns o

f le

ctur

es;

com

mun

icat

ion

betw

een

stud

ents

an

d le

ctur

er;

deliv

ery

of

hand

outs

, ho

mew

ork

and

notic

es e

tc.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be

asse

ssed

a

b c

d e

f g

(1)

Con

tinuo

us a

sses

smen

t 40

%

(2

) Ex

amin

atio

n 60

%

To

tal

100%

Con

tinuo

us a

sses

smen

t:

The

cont

inuo

us a

sses

smen

t in

clud

es a

ssig

nmen

ts,

quiz

zes

and

test

(s)

whi

ch a

im a

t ch

ecki

ng t

he p

rogr

ess

of s

tude

nts

stud

y th

roug

hout

the

cou

rse,

ass

istin

g th

em i

n fu

lfilli

ng th

e le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

. A

ssig

nmen

ts in

gen

eral

incl

ude

end-

of-c

hapt

er p

robl

ems,

whi

ch a

re u

sed

to r

einf

orce

an

d as

sess

the

conc

epts

and

ski

lls a

cqui

red

by th

e st

uden

ts; a

nd to

let t

hem

kno

w th

e le

vel o

f und

erst

andi

ng th

at th

ey a

re e

xpec

ted

to re

ach.

A

t lea

st o

ne te

st w

ould

be

adm

inis

tere

d du

ring

the

cour

se o

f the

sub

ject

as

a m

eans

of

timel

y ch

ecki

ng o

f le

arni

ng p

rogr

ess

by r

efer

ring

to t

he i

nten

ded

outc

omes

, an

d as

m

eans

of

chec

king

how

effe

ctiv

e th

e st

uden

ts d

iges

t an

d co

nsol

idat

e th

e m

ater

ials

ta

ught

in th

e cl

ass.

Exa

min

atio

n: T

his

is a

maj

or a

sses

smen

t co

mpo

nent

of

the

subj

ect.

It

wou

ld b

e a

clos

ed-b

ook

exam

inat

ion.

C

ompl

icat

ed f

orm

ulas

wou

ld b

e gi

ven

to a

void

rot

e m

emor

y,

such

th

at

the

emph

asis

of

as

sess

men

t w

ould

be

pu

t on

te

stin

g th

e un

ders

tand

ing,

ana

lysi

s and

pro

blem

solv

ing

abili

ty o

f the

stud

ents

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 33

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 6

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

Se

lf-st

udy

81 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

12

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s Jo

hn W

. Jew

ett a

nd R

aym

ond

A. S

erw

ay, “

Phys

ics

for S

cien

tists

and

Eng

inee

rs”,

201

0,

8th

editi

on, B

rook

s/C

ole

Cen

gage

Lea

rnin

g.

W.

Bau

er a

nd G

.D.

Wes

tfall,

“U

nive

rsity

Phy

sics

with

Mod

ern

Phys

ics”

, 20

11,

McG

raw

-Hill

.

AI - 8

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Su

bjec

t Cod

e EE

2002

C

Subj

ect T

itle

Circ

uit A

naly

sis

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/ C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

1.

Intro

duce

fund

amen

tal c

ircui

t the

ory.

2.

D

evel

op a

bilit

y fo

r sol

ving

pro

blem

s inv

olvi

ng e

lect

ric c

ircui

ts.

3.

Dev

elop

skill

s for

exp

erim

enta

tion

on e

lect

ric c

ircui

ts.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

Prof

essi

onal

/aca

dem

ic k

now

ledg

e an

d sk

ills

1.

Acq

uire

a g

ood

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

fund

amen

tal c

ircui

t the

ory.

2.

So

lve

sim

ple

prob

lem

s in

elec

tric

circ

uits

. 3.

U

se s

uita

ble

inst

rum

enta

tion

to c

arry

out

exp

erim

enta

l inv

estig

atio

ns to

val

idat

e th

e th

eore

tical

inve

stig

atio

ns.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Sylla

bus:

1.

D

C C

ircui

ts

In

trodu

ctio

n to

ele

ctric

circ

uits

. Vo

ltage

and

cur

rent

as

two

basi

c va

riabl

es.

Kirc

hhof

f’s

curr

ent a

nd v

olta

ge la

ws.

Inde

pend

ent a

nd d

epen

dent

sou

rces

. Sim

ple

circ

uit s

tyle

s: v

olta

ge d

ivid

er, c

urre

nt d

ivid

er, s

erie

s an

d pa

ralle

l circ

uits

. Nod

al a

nd

mes

h an

alys

es. T

héve

nin

and

Nor

ton

theo

rem

s. Po

wer

dis

sipa

tion.

Sou

rce

load

ing

and

max

imum

pow

er tr

ansf

er.

2.

Capa

cita

nce,

Indu

ctan

ce a

nd F

irst O

rder

Tra

nsie

nts

Co

nstit

utiv

e re

latio

ns o

f cap

acito

r and

indu

ctor

. Int

rodu

ctio

n to

tim

e-va

ryin

g ci

rcui

ts.

Sim

ple

RC a

nd L

C ci

rcui

ts. I

mpo

rtant

con

cept

of

inde

pend

ent s

tate

var

iabl

es. F

irst-

orde

r di

ffere

ntia

l eq

uatio

n (w

ith s

impl

e so

lutio

n of

exp

onen

tial

form

). Fi

rst

orde

r tra

nsie

nt a

naly

sis. T

ime-

dom

ain

solu

tion

and

trans

ient

beh

avio

ur o

f firs

t ord

er c

ircui

ts.

3.

Mut

ual I

nduc

tanc

e an

d Tr

ansf

orm

er

Basic

cou

pled

indu

ctan

ce e

quat

ion.

Con

cept

of i

deal

tran

sfor

mer

(ass

umin

g sin

usoi

dal

volta

ges a

nd c

urre

nts)

. Dot

con

vent

ion.

Phy

sical

tran

sfor

mer

as

idea

l tra

nsfo

rmer

with

le

akag

e an

d m

agne

tizin

g in

duct

ance

s. A

pplic

atio

ns

in

galv

anic

iso

latio

n an

d vo

ltage

/cur

rent

leve

l con

vers

ion.

4.

Stea

dy-s

tate

Ana

lysis

of A

C Ci

rcui

ts A

vera

ge a

nd r

ms

valu

es. P

haso

rs (

rota

ting

vect

ors)

. Ste

ady-

state

ana

lysis

of

circ

uits

driv

en b

y sin

gle

fixed

fre

quen

cy s

inus

oida

l so

urce

s. Im

peda

nce

and

adm

ittan

ce.

Ana

lysis

app

roac

h 1:

pha

sor

diag

ram

s fo

r sim

ple

circ

uits.

Ana

lysis

app

roac

h 2:

sy

stem

atic

com

plex

num

ber

anal

ysis,

i.e

. sa

me

treat

men

t as

DC

circ

uits

but

with

co

mpl

ex n

umbe

rs re

pres

entin

g ph

ase

and

mag

nitu

de o

f AC

volta

ges a

nd c

urre

nts.

Real

an

d re

activ

e po

wer

s. Po

wer

fact

or. T

hree

-pha

se c

ircui

ts.

5.

Elec

trica

l Mea

sure

men

t M

easu

rem

ent u

ncer

tain

ties.

Res

ista

nce

mea

sure

men

t: Fo

ur-p

robe

mea

sure

men

t and

W

heat

ston

e B

ridge

. C

apac

itanc

e an

d in

duct

ance

mea

sure

men

t us

ing

AC

Brid

ges.

Pow

er M

easu

rem

ent.

Mea

surin

g th

ree-

phas

e po

wer

by

two-

wat

tmet

er m

etho

d.

Lab

orat

ory

Exp

erim

ents

: 1.

K

irchh

off’

s law

s and

the

max

imum

pow

er tr

ansf

er th

eore

m

2.

Tran

sien

ts in

RC

and

RL

circ

uits

3.

A

C C

ircui

ts a

nd T

rans

form

er T

ests

Teac

hing

/ Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

Lect

ures

, sup

plem

ente

d w

ith in

tera

ctiv

e qu

estio

ns a

nd a

nsw

ers,

and

shor

t qui

zzes

1, 2

In

lect

ures

, stu

dent

s are

in

trodu

ced

to th

e kn

owle

dge

of th

e su

bjec

t, an

d co

mpr

ehen

sion

is

stre

ngth

ened

with

inte

ract

ive

Q&

A a

nd sh

ort q

uizz

es.

Tuto

rials

, whe

re

prob

lem

s are

dis

cuss

ed

and

are

give

n to

st

uden

ts fo

r the

m to

so

lve

1, 2

In

tu

toria

ls,

stud

ents

ap

ply

wha

t th

ey

have

le

arnt

in

so

lvin

g th

e pr

oble

ms

give

n by

th

e tu

tor.

Labo

rato

ry se

ssio

ns,

whe

re st

uden

ts w

ill

perf

orm

exp

erim

enta

l ve

rific

atio

ns. T

hey

will

ha

ve to

reco

rd re

sults

an

d w

rite

a re

port

on

one

of th

e ex

perim

ents

.

2, 3

St

uden

ts a

cqui

re h

ands

-on

expe

rienc

e in

usi

ng e

lect

roni

c eq

uipm

ent a

nd a

pply

wha

t th

ey h

ave

lear

nt in

le

ctur

es/tu

toria

ls to

ex

perim

enta

lly v

alid

ate

the

theo

retic

al in

vest

igat

ions

.

Ass

ignm

ent a

nd

Hom

ewor

k 1,

2

Thro

ugh

wor

king

ass

ignm

ent

and

hom

ewor

k, st

uden

ts w

ill

deve

lop

a fir

m u

nder

stan

ding

an

d co

mpr

ehen

sion

of t

he

know

ledg

e ta

ught

.

Alig

nmen

t of

Ass

essm

ent a

nd

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific A

sses

smen

t Met

hods

/ Tas

k %

W

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

1 2

3 1.

C

ontin

uous

ass

essm

ent

(T

otal

40%

)

1.

Ass

ignm

ents

10

%

2.

Labo

rato

ry w

orks

and

repo

rts

10%

3.

Mid

-sem

este

r tes

t 20

%

2.

Exam

inat

ion

60%

Tota

l 10

0%

AI - 9

Exp

lana

tion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Spec

ific A

sses

smen

t M

etho

ds/T

asks

R

emar

k

Ass

ignm

ent/H

omew

ork

Ass

ignm

ents

/Hom

ewor

k ar

e gi

ven

to s

tude

nts

to a

sses

s th

eir

com

pete

nce

leve

l of

kn

owle

dge

and

com

preh

ensi

on.

The

crite

ria

(i.e.

w

hat

to

be

dem

onst

rate

d) a

nd le

vel (

i.e. t

he e

xten

t) of

ach

ieve

men

t w

ill b

e gr

aded

acc

ordi

ng t

o si

x le

vels

: (A

+ an

d A

), G

ood

(B+

and

B),

Satis

fact

ory

(C+

and

C),

Mar

gina

l (D

) an

d Fa

ilure

(F)

. The

se w

ill b

e m

ade

know

n to

the

st

uden

ts

befo

re

an

assi

gnm

ent/h

omew

ork

is

give

n.

Feed

back

ab

out

thei

r pe

rfor

man

ce

will

be

gi

ven

prom

ptly

to

stud

ents

to

help

the

m i

mpr

ovem

ent

thei

r le

arni

ng.

Labo

rato

ry w

orks

and

re

ports

St

uden

ts w

ill b

e re

quire

d to

per

form

thre

e ex

perim

ents

an

d su

bmit

a re

port

on

one

of

the

expe

rimen

ts.

Expe

ctat

ion

and

grad

ing

crite

ria w

ill b

e gi

ven

as in

the

case

of a

ssig

nmen

t/hom

ewor

k.

Mid

-sem

este

r tes

t Th

ere

will

be

a m

id-s

emes

ter

test

to

eval

uate

stu

dent

s’ ac

hiev

emen

t of

all

the

lear

ning

out

com

es a

nd g

ive

feed

back

to th

em f

or p

rom

pt im

prov

emen

t. Ex

pect

atio

n an

d gr

adin

g cr

iteria

will

be

give

n as

in

the

case

of

assi

gnm

ent/h

omew

ork.

Exam

inat

ion

Ther

e w

ill

be

an

exam

inat

ion

to

asse

ss

stud

ents

’ ac

hiev

emen

t of

all

the

lear

ning

out

com

es.

Thes

e ar

e m

ainl

y su

mm

ativ

e in

nat

ure.

Exp

ecta

tion

and

grad

ing

crite

ria

will

be

gi

ven

as

in

the

case

of

as

sign

men

t/hom

ewor

k.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d C

lass

con

tact

(tim

e-ta

bled

):

Le

ctur

e 23

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 12

Hrs

.

La

bora

tory

9

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

R

evis

ion

and

Ass

ignm

ents

26

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 13

Hrs

.

R

epor

t Writ

ing

12 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort:

9

5 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s Te

xtbo

ok:

1.

C.K

. Ale

xand

er a

nd M

.N.O

. Sad

iku,

Fun

dam

enta

ls o

f Ele

ctric

Circ

uits

, 5th

Edi

tion,

N

ew Y

ork:

McG

raw

-Hill

, 201

3.

Ref

eren

ces:

1.

W

.H. H

ayt,

J.E. K

emm

erly

and

S.M

. Dur

bin,

Eng

inee

ring

Circ

uit A

naly

sis,

8th

ed.,

New

Yor

k: M

cGra

w-H

ill, 2

012.

2.

G.

Riz

zoni

, Fu

ndam

enta

ls o

f El

ectri

cal

Engi

neer

ing,

Firs

t Ed

ition

, N

ew Y

ork:

M

cGra

w-H

ill, 2

009.

3.

A

.H.

Rob

bins

and

W.C

. M

iller

, C

ircui

t An

alys

is:

Theo

ry a

nd P

ract

ice,

Tho

mso

n Le

arni

ng, 5

th e

d., 2

013.

AI - 10

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Su

bjec

t Cod

e EE

2003

C

Subj

ect T

itle

Elec

troni

cs

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

C

ircui

t Ana

lysi

s (EE

2002

C)

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

To i

ntro

duce

the

ope

ratin

g pr

inci

ples

of

elec

troni

c de

vice

s an

d ci

rcui

ts.

Seve

ral

fund

amen

tal c

lass

es o

f ele

ctro

nic

devi

ces

and

circ

uits

will

be

cove

red,

incl

udin

g di

odes

an

d di

ode

circ

uits

, bi

pola

r ju

nctio

n tra

nsis

tor

(BJT

) an

d am

plifi

ers,

met

al-o

xide

-se

mic

ondu

ctor

fie

ld-e

ffect

tra

nsis

tor

(MO

SFET

) an

d am

plifi

ers,

and

oper

atio

nal

ampl

ifier

s. A

n in

trodu

ctio

n to

freq

uenc

y do

mai

n an

alys

is w

ill a

lso

be g

iven

.

Subj

ect I

nten

ded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

U

pon

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

: C

ateg

ory

A: P

rofe

ssio

nal/a

cade

mic

kno

wle

dge

and

skill

s 1.

A

cqui

re so

me

unde

rsta

ndin

g in

seve

ral f

unda

men

tal c

lass

es o

f ele

ctro

nic

devi

ces.

2.

Solv

e ba

sic

prob

lem

s in

elec

troni

c de

vice

s and

circ

uits

. 3.

A

cqui

re b

ette

r ski

lls in

per

form

ing

labo

rato

ry e

xper

imen

ts.

Cat

egor

y B

: Attr

ibut

es fo

r all-

roun

dedn

ess

4.

Perf

orm

inde

pend

ent l

earn

ing

in th

e ba

sic

oper

atin

g pr

inci

ples

of e

lect

roni

c de

vice

s an

d ci

rcui

ts.

5.

Wor

k as

a te

am in

labo

rato

ry se

ssio

ns.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Sylla

bus:

1.

D

iode

s and

Dio

de C

ircui

ts

Sem

icon

duct

or b

asic

s. P-

N ju

nctio

n ba

sics.

Inpu

t, ou

tput

and

tran

sfer

cha

ract

erist

ics o

f pr

actic

al d

iode

s. Bi

asin

g th

roug

h lo

ad li

ne c

once

pt. P

ract

ical

dio

de c

ircui

ts: r

ectif

ier

circ

uits,

clip

ping

and

cla

mpi

ng c

ircui

ts.

2.

Tran

sist

ors a

nd B

iasi

ng C

ircui

ts

B

ipol

ar ju

nctio

n tra

nsis

tor

(BJT

). D

C b

iasi

ng a

nd a

naly

sis

of B

JT c

ircui

ts. M

etal

-ox

ide-

sem

icon

duct

or fi

eld-

effe

ct tr

ansi

stor

(MO

SFET

). D

C b

iasi

ng a

nd a

naly

sis

of

MO

SFET

ci

rcui

ts.

Load

lin

e an

d gr

aphi

cal

larg

e-si

gnal

an

alys

is.

Tran

sist

or

ampl

ifica

tion

conc

ept.

3.

Tran

sist

or A

mpl

ifier

s and

Sm

all-s

igna

l Con

cept

s B

asic

BJT

and

MO

SFET

am

plifi

er c

onfig

urat

ions

: co

mm

on e

mitt

er a

nd c

omm

on

sour

ce

conf

igur

atio

ns.

Smal

l-sig

nal

mod

els

and

para

met

ers.

Con

cept

of

tra

nsco

nduc

tanc

e. V

olta

ge g

ain.

Inp

ut a

nd o

utpu

t im

peda

nces

. In

trodu

ctio

n to

lo

adin

g ef

fect

. 4.

O

pera

tiona

l Am

plifi

ers

Idea

l op

erat

iona

l am

plifi

er. D

efin

ing

char

acte

ristic

s (i.

e., i

nfin

ite g

ain

and

infin

ite

inpu

t re

sist

ance

). B

asic

op

-am

p ci

rcui

ts:

inve

rting

am

plifi

er,

non-

inve

rting

am

plifi

er,

sum

min

g am

plifi

er,

diffe

renc

e am

plifi

er,

inte

grat

ing

ampl

ifier

an

d

diffe

rent

iatin

g am

plifi

er.

Spec

ific

op-a

mp

circ

uits

: in

stru

men

tatio

n am

plifi

er;

curr

ent-t

o-vo

ltage

con

verte

r and

vol

tage

-to-c

urre

nt c

onve

rter.

Des

ign

appl

icat

ions

. 5.

In

trodu

ctio

n to

Fre

quen

cy D

omai

n A

naly

sis

Tran

sfer

fun

ctio

ns f

rom

ac

circ

uits

in

term

s of

jω

. In

trodu

ctio

n to

fre

quen

cy

dom

ain,

from

jω to

s. G

ener

al s

-dom

ain

trans

fer f

unct

ions

. Sim

ple

first

-ord

er fi

lter

circ

uits

. C

once

pts

of p

ole,

cor

ner

freq

uenc

y an

d ba

ndw

idth

. U

se o

f jω

axi

s fo

r m

agni

tude

and

pha

se p

lots

for

sin

usoi

dal d

rivin

g so

urce

s. Ex

tens

ion

to a

sym

ptot

ic

plot

s and

Bod

e pl

ots.

Lab

orat

ory

Exp

erim

ents

: 1.

D

iode

circ

uits

. 2.

Sm

all-s

igna

l BJT

am

plifi

ers.

3.

Ope

ratio

nal a

mpl

ifier

s.

Teac

hing

/ Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

Lect

ures

, sup

plem

ente

d w

ith in

tera

ctiv

e qu

estio

ns a

nd a

nsw

ers

1, 2

, 4

In le

ctur

es, s

tude

nts a

re

intro

duce

d to

the

know

ledg

e of

th

e su

bjec

t, an

d co

mpr

ehen

sion

is st

reng

then

ed

with

inte

ract

ive

Q&

A.

Tuto

rials

, whe

re

prob

lem

s are

dis

cuss

ed

and

are

give

n to

st

uden

ts fo

r the

m to

so

lve

1, 2

, 4

In

tuto

rials

, st

uden

ts

appl

y w

hat

they

ha

ve

lear

nt

in

solv

ing

the

prob

lem

s gi

ven

by

the

tuto

r.

Labo

rato

ry se

ssio

ns,

whe

re st

uden

ts w

ill

perf

orm

exp

erim

enta

l ve

rific

atio

ns. T

hey

will

ha

ve to

reco

rd re

sults

an

d w

rite

a re

port

on

one

of th

e ex

perim

ents

.

2, 3

, 5

Stud

ents

acq

uire

han

ds-o

n ex

perie

nce

in u

sing

ele

ctro

nic

equi

pmen

t and

app

ly w

hat t

hey

have

lear

nt in

lect

ures

/tuto

rials

to

exp

erim

enta

lly v

alid

ate

the

theo

retic

al in

vest

igat

ions

.

Ass

ignm

ents

1,

2, 3

, 4

Thro

ugh

wor

king

ass

ignm

ents

, st

uden

ts w

ill d

evel

op a

firm

un

ders

tand

ing

and

com

preh

ensi

on o

f the

kn

owle

dge

taug

ht.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

, its

al

ignm

ent o

f In

tend

ed S

ubje

ct

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific A

sses

smen

t M

etho

ds/T

asks

%

W

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be

asse

ssed

1 2

3 4

5

1.

Con

tinuo

us A

sses

smen

t 40

%

2.

Exam

inat

ion

60%

Tota

l 10

0%

AI - 11

Exp

lana

tion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Spec

ific

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

/Tas

ks

Rem

ark

Ass

ignm

ents

A

ssig

nmen

ts a

re g

iven

to s

tude

nts

to a

sses

s th

eir c

ompe

tenc

e le

vel o

f kno

wle

dge

and

com

preh

ensi

on. T

he c

riter

ia (i

.e. w

hat

to b

e de

mon

stra

ted)

and

leve

l (i.e

. the

ext

ent)

of a

chie

vem

ent

will

be

grad

ed a

ccor

ding

to s

ix le

vels

: (A

+ an

d A

), G

ood

(B+

and

B),

Satis

fact

ory

(C+

and

C),

Mar

gina

l (D

) an

d Fa

ilure

(F

). Th

ese

will

be

mad

e kn

own

to t

he s

tude

nts

befo

re a

n as

sign

men

t is

giv

en. F

eedb

ack

abou

t th

eir

perf

orm

ance

will

be

giv

en p

rom

ptly

to

stud

ents

to

help

the

m i

mpr

ovem

ent

thei

r lea

rnin

g.

Labo

rato

ry w

orks

an

d re

ports

St

uden

ts w

ill b

e re

quire

d to

per

form

thr

ee e

xper

imen

ts a

nd

subm

it a

repo

rt on

one

of

the

expe

rimen

ts. E

xpec

tatio

n an

d gr

adin

g cr

iteria

will

be

give

n as

in th

e ca

se o

f ass

ignm

ents

.

Mid

-sem

este

r tes

t Th

ere

will

be

a m

id-s

emes

ter

test

to

eval

uate

stu

dent

s’ ac

hiev

emen

t of

all t

he le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

and

giv

e fe

edba

ck

to t

hem

for

pro

mpt

im

prov

emen

t. Ex

pect

atio

n an

d gr

adin

g cr

iteria

will

be

give

n as

in th

e ca

se o

f ass

ignm

ents

.

End-

of-s

emes

ter

test

and

Ex

amin

atio

n

Ther

e w

ill b

e an

end

-of-

sem

este

r te

st a

nd e

xam

inat

ion

to

asse

ss s

tude

nts’

achi

evem

ent

of a

ll th

e le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

. Th

ese

are

mai

nly

sum

mat

ive

in n

atur

e. E

xpec

tatio

n an

d gr

adin

g cr

iteria

will

be

give

n as

in th

e ca

se o

f ass

ignm

ents

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d C

lass

con

tact

(tim

e-ta

bled

):

Le

ctur

e 30

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 9

Hrs

.

La

bora

tory

9

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

R

evis

ion

32 H

rs.

Tu

toria

l & A

ssig

nmen

ts

12 H

rs.

La

bora

tory

logb

ook

& re

port

writ

ings

8

Hrs

.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort:

10

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s Te

xtbo

ok:

1. D

onal

d A

. Nea

men

, Mic

roel

ectro

nics

: Circ

uit A

naly

sis

and

Des

ign,

3rd

ed.

, Bos

ton:

M

cGra

w-H

ill, 2

006.

R

efer

ence

s:

1.

G. R

izzo

ni,

Prin

cipl

es a

nd A

pplic

atio

ns o

f El

ectr

ical

Eng

inee

ring

, Fi

fth E

ditio

n,

New

Yor

k: M

cGra

w-H

ill, 2

006.

2.

W

.H. H

ayt,

J.E. K

emm

erly

and

S.M

. Dur

bin,

Eng

inee

ring

Circ

uit A

naly

sis,

7th e

d.,

New

Yor

k: M

cGra

w-H

ill, 2

006.

3.

A

.H.

Rob

bins

and

W.C

. M

iller

, C

ircui

t An

alys

is:

Theo

ry a

nd P

ract

ice,

Tho

mso

n Le

arni

ng, 4

th e

d., 2

006.

AI - 12

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

EE20

04C

Subj

ect T

itle

Elec

trica

l Ene

rgy

Syst

ems F

unda

men

tals

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/Co-

requ

isite

/ Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

1.

To p

rovi

de a

n ov

ervi

ew o

f the

supp

ly, u

tiliz

atio

n, a

nd c

ontro

l of e

lect

rical

ene

rgy.

2.

To

intro

duce

ene

rgy

and

envi

ronm

enta

l iss

ues,

and

assi

st st

uden

ts in

pla

cing

thes

e to

pics

and

tech

nolo

gies

in p

ersp

ectiv

e.

Subj

ect I

nten

ded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

U

pon

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le:

a.

To m

aste

r the

fund

amen

tal k

now

ledg

e on

ele

ctric

al e

nerg

y sy

stem

s. b.

To

id

entif

y,

anal

yze,

an

d so

lve

tech

nica

l pr

oble

ms

usin

g m

athe

mat

ics

and

engi

neer

ing

tech

niqu

es.

c.

To b

e aw

are

of e

quip

men

t ch

arac

teris

tics

and

envi

ronm

ent

issu

es o

n m

oder

n el

ectri

cal p

ower

syst

ems.

d.

To b

e ab

le to

con

duct

labo

rato

ry w

ork

in te

ams a

nd p

rese

nt th

e fin

ding

s.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Nat

ure

of

el

ectr

ical

en

ergy

sy

stem

: Po

wer

sy

stem

la

yout

, tra

nsm

issi

on

and

dist

ribut

ion

stru

ctur

e, r

ole

of t

rans

form

ers.

The

inte

rcon

nect

ed p

ower

sys

tem

. H

VD

C tr

ansm

issi

on.

Layo

ut o

f a

subs

tatio

n, d

istri

butio

n st

ruct

ure,

ove

rhea

d lin

es

and

cabl

es, c

ircui

t bre

akin

g, o

verv

olta

ge p

rote

ctio

n, p

rote

ctio

n co

ncep

ts.

2.

Gen

erat

ion

, en

ergy

& e

nvi

ron

men

t: Pr

inci

ples

of

ener

gy c

onve

rsio

n, p

ower

pla

nt

and

busb

ar la

yout

, typ

es o

f ge

nera

tors

and

turb

ines

. Con

cept

of

gene

ratio

n co

ntro

l an

d op

erat

ing

char

t. Pu

mpe

d st

orag

e an

d w

ind

turb

ine.

Ren

ewab

le a

nd n

on-

rene

wab

le s

ourc

es.

Sour

ces

of p

ollu

tion

and

envi

ronm

enta

l im

pact

s. Su

stai

nabl

e de

velo

pmen

t. 3.

T

ran

sfor

mer

s: C

onst

ruct

ion

and

oper

atin

g pr

inci

ples

. Equ

ival

ent

circ

uits

. Vol

tage

re

gula

tion

and

effic

ienc

y. P

aral

lel

oper

atio

n. T

hree

-pha

se t

rans

form

ers

and

phas

e gr

oupi

ng. P

er-p

hase

ana

lysi

s. A

utot

rans

form

ers.

4.

Lin

e &

cab

les:

Ove

rhea

d lin

e co

nstru

ctio

n in

clud

ing

trans

posi

tion

and

bund

ling.

Pr

imar

y (R

LCG

) an

d ge

nera

l (A

BC

D)

para

met

er c

alcu

latio

ns. L

ine

equa

tions

and

pe

rfor

man

ce c

harts

. C

oron

a lo

ss a

nd i

nter

fere

nce.

Cab

le t

ypes

and

con

stru

ctio

n in

clud

ing

void

form

atio

n an

d cr

oss

bond

ing.

Ele

ctric

al s

tress

cal

cula

tion.

The

rmal

ch

arac

teris

tics.

5.

Tari

ffs:

Con

cept

s of

tarif

f des

ign.

Tar

iff s

truct

ures

. Con

vent

iona

l and

new

tarif

fs in

di

ffere

nt u

tiliti

es. D

ynam

ic ta

riff,

mar

gina

l met

hods

and

load

man

agem

ent c

once

pts.

Intro

duct

ion

to e

lect

ricity

der

egul

atio

n.

Lab

orat

ory

Exp

erim

ent:

Ex

perim

ents

on

sing

le p

hase

tran

sfor

mer

. Ex

perim

ents

on

thre

e ph

ase

trans

form

er.

Com

pute

r exe

rcis

es o

n tra

nsm

issi

on li

ne p

aram

eter

s cal

cula

tions

. C

ase

stud

y:

The

envi

ronm

enta

l im

pact

s of n

ucle

ar p

ower

gen

erat

ion.

Th

e en

viro

nmen

tal i

mpa

cts o

f fos

sil f

uel p

ower

gen

erat

ion.

Th

e en

viro

nmen

tal i

mpa

cts o

n th

e de

velo

pmen

t of l

arge

scal

e hy

drop

ower

stat

ion.

W

hy m

oder

n el

ectri

c po

wer

syst

ems a

re o

ften

inte

rcon

nect

ed.

The

rene

wab

le e

nerg

y so

urce

s whi

ch m

ay b

e us

ed in

Hon

g K

ong.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

Lect

ures

are

the

prim

ary

mea

ns o

f co

nvey

ing

the

basi

c co

ncep

ts a

nd k

now

ledg

e,

teac

hing

stu

dent

s th

e sk

ills

in id

entif

ying

, ana

lyzi

ng a

nd s

olvi

ng te

chni

cal p

robl

ems,

and

prov

idin

g st

uden

ts fe

edba

ck in

rela

tion

to th

eir l

earn

ing.

Lab

orat

ory

expe

rimen

ts

and

case

stu

dies

are

des

igne

d, a

s su

pple

men

t to

the

lect

urin

g m

ater

ials

, for

stu

dent

s to

ga

in p

ract

ical

exp

erie

nces

and

be

awar

e of

equ

ipm

ent c

hara

cter

istic

s an

d en

viro

nmen

t is

sues

on

the

mod

ern

elec

trica

l pow

er sy

stem

.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

Out

com

es

a b

c d

Lect

ures

C

ase

stud

ies

Expe

rimen

ts

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be

asse

ssed

a

b c

d 1.

Exa

min

atio

n 60

%

2. C

lass

test

s 20

%

3. L

ab p

erfo

rman

ce a

nd

repo

rt 10

%

4. C

ase

stud

ies

10%

To

tal

100%

The

outc

omes

on

conc

epts

, des

ign

and

appl

icat

ions

are

ass

esse

d by

exa

min

atio

ns a

nd

test

s w

hils

t th

ose

on a

naly

tical

ski

lls,

prob

lem

sol

ving

tec

hniq

ues

and

prac

tical

co

nsid

erat

ions

of e

lect

rical

ene

rgy

syst

ems,

as w

ell a

s te

am w

ork

and

tech

nica

l rep

ort

writ

ing

abili

ties

are

eval

uate

d by

lab

perf

orm

ance

and

repo

rts, a

nd a

ssig

nmen

t / c

ase

stud

y re

ports

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e 36

Hrs

.

La

bora

tory

6

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

La

bora

tory

pre

para

tion

/ rep

ort

12 H

rs.

C

ase

stud

y / S

elf-

stud

y 46

Hrs

.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

10

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s Te

xtbo

oks:

1.

J.

Gra

inge

r, W

. D. S

teve

nson

, Pow

er S

yste

m A

naly

sis,

McG

raw

-Hill

, 199

4 2.

B

. M. W

eedy

, B. J

. Cor

y, N

. Jen

kins

, J. B

. Eka

naya

ke, G

. Strb

ac, E

lect

ric P

ower

Sy

stem

s, 5t

h Ed

ition

, Wile

y, 2

012

3.

M. E

. El-H

awar

y, E

lect

rical

ene

rgy

syst

ems,

2nd

Editi

on, C

RC

Pre

ss, 2

008

Ref

eren

ce b

ooks

: 1.

H

. Saa

dat,

Pow

er S

yste

m A

naly

sis,

3nd

Editi

on, M

cGra

w H

ill, 2

010

2.

A. R

. Ber

gen,

V. V

ittal

, Pow

er S

yste

m A

naly

sis,

2nd

Editi

on, P

rent

ice-

Hal

l, 20

00

3.

J.D

. Glo

ver,

M. S

. Sar

ma,

T.J.

Ove

rbye

, Pow

er S

yste

m A

naly

sis a

nd D

esig

n, 5

th

Editi

on, C

enga

ge L

earn

ing,

201

1

AI - 13

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Su

bjec

t Cod

e EE

2007

C

Subj

ect T

itle

Com

pute

r Sys

tem

Fun

dam

enta

ls

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

3

Pre-

requ

isite

/ Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

N

il

Obj

ectiv

es

1.

To e

nabl

e st

uden

ts t

o es

tabl

ish

a br

oad

know

ledg

e of

the

org

aniz

atio

n an

d co

mpo

nent

s inc

lude

d in

a sm

all c

ompu

ter s

yste

m.

2.

To e

nabl

e st

uden

ts to

und

erst

and

and

appl

y as

sem

bly

lang

uage

pro

gram

min

g.

3.

To e

nabl

e st

uden

ts to

dev

elop

a si

mpl

e em

bedd

ed c

ompu

ter s

yste

m

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

a.

Giv

en s

peci

ficat

ions

of a

n ap

plic

atio

n an

d th

e in

stru

ctio

n se

t of t

he m

icro

proc

esso

r, de

sign

an

asse

mbl

y pr

ogra

m to

car

ry o

ut th

e ne

cess

ary

oper

atio

ns.

b.

App

reci

ate

adva

nced

fe

atur

es

of

the

late

st

mic

ropr

oces

sors

an

d un

ders

tand

fu

nctio

ns o

f bas

ic c

ompu

ter p

erip

hera

ls.

c.

Giv

en a

set o

f con

ditio

ns, d

esig

n a

basi

c co

mpu

ter s

yste

m.

d.

Thin

k lo

gica

lly a

nd b

e ab

le to

pre

sent

resu

lts in

writ

ing.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Com

pute

r Sy

stem

s Har

dwar

e an

d O

pera

tions

1.

Proc

esso

r op

erat

ion

and

inte

rnal

arc

hite

ctur

e: O

pera

tions

of

data

reg

iste

rs, b

uses

an

d da

ta p

ath,

ope

ratio

ns o

f A

LU,

arith

met

ic h

ardw

are,

and

gen

eral

pip

elin

e ar

chite

ctur

e. In

trodu

ctio

n to

stru

ctur

e an

d op

erat

ion

of a

mod

ern

mic

ropr

oces

sor.

2.

M

emor

y or

gani

zatio

n: C

hara

cter

istic

s of

cur

rent

mem

ory

tech

nolo

gies

. M

emor

y hi

erar

chie

s and

mem

ory

deco

ding

mec

hani

sm.

3.

In

put a

nd o

utpu

t sys

tem

s: D

irect

I/O

syst

em a

nd m

emor

y m

appe

d I/O

; han

dsha

king

co

ntro

l, pr

ogra

mm

ed I

/O;

inte

rrup

t an

d po

lling

mec

hani

sms.

Mem

ory

syst

em

oper

atio

n an

d de

sign

.

4.

Mic

ropr

oces

sor

hard

war

e an

d in

terf

acin

g: S

yste

m b

us o

rgan

izat

ion

and

inte

rfac

ing

tech

niqu

es, C

PU b

us ti

min

g, s

yste

m b

us s

truct

ure,

des

ign

of in

put/o

utpu

t sys

tem

. In

terf

ace

and

oper

atio

ns o

f LS

I ch

ips

appl

ied

in a

com

pute

r sy

stem

inc

ludi

ng:

inte

rrup

t con

trolle

r, tim

er, U

ART

and

PIO

. Ove

rvie

w o

f mod

ern

mic

ropr

oces

sors

.

Ass

embl

y L

angu

age

Prog

ram

min

g 5.

M

emor

y ad

dres

sing

spa

ce a

nd d

ata

repr

esen

tatio

n: I

nter

nal

regi

ster

s of

808

6,

Add

ress

ing

mod

es in

808

6 so

ft-w

are

mod

el.

6.

As

sem

bly

lang

uage

pro

gram

: B

asic

ele

men

ts o

f an

ass

embl

y la

ngua

ge p

rogr

am,

inst

ruct

ion

mne

mon

ics a

nd d

irect

ives

, arit

hmet

ic o

pera

tions

and

logi

cal o

pera

tions

.

7.

Prog

ram

min

g te

chni

ques

: A

rithm

etic

man

ipul

atio

ns,

elem

enta

ry p

rogr

amm

ing

cons

truct

s, pa

ram

eter

pas

sing

, dat

a in

itial

isat

ion.

8.

Cod

ing

and

debu

ggin

g: C

onve

rsio

n of

sou

rce

prog

ram

s to

mac

hine

cod

es, u

se o

f so

ftwar

e de

bugg

ing

mon

itor,

Com

pila

tion

of a

ssem

bly

sour

ce p

rogr

am, l

inki

ng o

f ob

ject

file

s.

Lab

orat

ory

Exp

erim

ent:

Pe

rfor

m b

asic

inp

ut/o

utpu

t op

erat

ions

of

a m

icro

cont

rolle

r by

ass

embl

y la

ngua

ge

prog

ram

min

g.

Spee

d co

ntro

l of

a

DC

m

otor

us

ing

a m

icro

cont

rolle

r an

d as

sem

bly

lang

uage

pr

ogra

mm

ing.

Im

plem

ent t

he in

terr

upt s

ervi

ce p

rogr

am in

an

embe

dded

mic

roco

ntro

ller.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

Lect

ures

and

tut

oria

ls a

re t

he p

rimar

y m

eans

of

conv

eyin

g th

e ba

sic

conc

epts

and

th

eorie

s. Ex

perie

nces

on

desi

gn,

prac

tical

app

licat

ions

and

pro

gram

min

g ar

e gi

ven

thro

ugh

expe

rimen

ts, i

n w

hich

the

stud

ents

are

exp

ecte

d to

sol

ve d

esig

n pr

oble

ms

with

re

al-li

fe c

onst

rain

ts a

nd to

atta

in fe

asib

le s

olut

ions

with

crit

ical

and

ana

lytic

al th

inki

ng.

Inte

ract

ive

labo

rato

ry s

essi

ons

are

intro

duce

d to

enc

oura

ge b

ette

r pre

para

tion

and

henc

e un

ders

tand

ing

of t

he e

xper

imen

ts.

On-

the-

spot

ass

essm

ents

are

con

duct

ed i

n th

e la

bora

tory

to

prov

ide

addi

tiona

l in

cent

ives

for

stu

dent

lea

rnin

g. E

xper

imen

ts a

re

desi

gned

to

supp

lem

ent

the

lect

urin

g m

ater

ials

, es

peci

ally

in

asse

mbl

y la

ngua

ge

prog

ram

min

g, s

o th

at th

e st

uden

ts a

re e

ncou

rage

d to

take

ext

ra re

adin

gs a

nd to

look

for

rele

vant

info

rmat

ion.

Te

achi

ng/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

O

utco

mes

a b

c d

Lect

ures

and

tuto

rials

Tuto

rials

Expe

rimen

ts

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

dsin

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

W

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c d

1.

Exam

inat

ion

60%

2.

Cla

ss T

est

20%

3.

Labo

rato

ry

perf

orm

ance

& re

port

10%

4.

Prog

ram

min

g te

st

10%

Tota

l 10

0%

It

is a

fun

dam

enta

l co

mpu

ter

arch

itect

ure

subj

ect.

The

outc

omes

on

conc

epts

, des

ign

and

appl

icat

ions

are

ass

esse

d by

the

usua

l mea

ns o

f ex

amin

atio

n an

d te

st w

hils

t tho

se

on

anal

ytic

al

skill

s, pr

oble

m-s

olvi

ng

tech

niqu

es

and

prac

tical

co

nsid

erat

ions

of

pr

ogra

mm

ing,

as

wel

l as

tec

hnic

al r

epor

ting

are

eval

uate

d by

exp

erim

ents

, an

d th

e re

port.

AI - 14

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d C

lass

con

tact

(tim

e-ta

bled

):

Le

ctur

e/ T

utor

ial

36 H

rs.

La

bora

tory

6

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

La

bora

tory

pre

para

tion/

repo

rt 12

Hrs

.

Se

lf-st

udy

45 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort:

99

Hrs

.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s Te

xtbo

ok:

1.

B.B

. Bre

y, T

he I

ntel

Mic

ropr

oces

sors

Arc

hite

ctur

e, P

rogr

amm

ing,

and

Int

erfa

cing

. 8t

h Ed

ition

, Pre

ntic

e H

all,

2008

2.

3.

K.R

. Irv

ine,

Ass

embl

y La

ngua

ge fo

r Int

el-B

ased

Com

pute

rs, 5

th E

ditio

n, P

rent

ice

Hal

l, 20

06

R

efer

ence

s:

1.

A.K

. Ray

, Adv

ance

d M

icro

proc

esso

rs &

Per

iphe

rals

, McG

raw

-Hill

, 200

6 2.

3.

R.J.

Toc

ci a

nd F

.J. A

mbr

osio

, Mic

ropr

oces

sors

and

Mic

roco

mpu

ters

: Har

dwar

e an

d So

ftwar

e, 6

th E

ditio

n, P

rent

ice

Hal

l, 20

03

4.

W

.A. T

riebe

l and

A. S

ingh

, The

808

8 an

d 80

86 M

icro

proc

esso

rs: P

rogr

amm

ing,

In

terf

acin

g, S

oftw

are,

Har

dwar

e, a

nd A

pplic

atio

ns, 4

th E

ditio

n, P

rent

ice

Hal

l, 20

03

AI - 15

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Su

bjec

t Cod

e EE

2009

C

Subj

ect T

itle

Gro

up P

roje

ct

Cre

dit V

alue

6

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Pre-

requ

isite

: Th

e st

uden

t sho

uld

have

com

plet

ed m

ost o

f the

subj

ects

requ

ired

in Y

ear 1

of

the

pro

gram

me

incl

udin

g th

e on

line

tuto

rial

on a

cade

mic

int

egrit

y be

fore

taki

ng th

is s

ubje

ct. T

he e

nrol

lmen

t of

this

sub

ject

is s

ubje

cted

to

the

appr

oval

of t

he P

roje

ct C

oord

inat

or

Obj

ectiv

es

To p

rovi

de a

n op

portu

nity

for s

tude

nts:

1.

to a

pply

spec

ializ

ed p

rofe

ssio

nal e

ngin

eerin

g kn

owle

dge

inde

pend

ently

in th

e cr

eativ

e de

sign

, im

plem

enta

tion,

mon

itorin

g an

d ev

alua

tion

of a

n en

gine

erin

g pr

ojec

t,

2.

to a

chie

ve t

his

goal

, stu

dent

s ar

e re

quire

d to

ide

ntify

key

eng

inee

ring

prob

lem

s, to

so

lve

them

and

to c

omm

unic

ate

the

findi

ngs i

n or

al a

nd w

ritte

n re

port

form

at, a

nd

3.

to w

ork

effe

ctiv

ely

and

effic

ient

ly i

n a

team

for

a t

echn

ical

pro

ject

(st

uden

ts a

re

norm

ally

gro

uped

into

team

s of t

hree

.)

Subj

ect I

nten

ded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

a.

To a

pply

spec

ializ

ed k

now

ledg

e.

b.

To i

dent

ify k

ey e

ngin

eerin

g pr

oble

ms,

to s

olve

the

m a

nd t

o co

mm

unic

ate

wha

t is

ac

hiev

ed o

rally

and

in a

writ

ten

repo

rt.

c.

To d

evel

op a

suffi

cien

tly c

halle

ngin

g pr

ojec

t. d.

To

mon

itor t

he p

rogr

ess

of p

roje

ct fr

om c

once

pt to

fin

al im

plem

enta

tion

and

test

ing,

th

roug

h pr

oble

m d

efin

ition

. e.

To

syn

thes

ize

and

appl

y th

eir

know

ledg

e, a

naly

tical

and

pra

ctic

al s

kills

gai

ned

in

vario

us d

isci

plin

es

f. To

bu

ild

team

sp

irit,

conf

iden

ce

and

deve

lop

prof

essi

onal

ism

by

su

cces

sful

ly

com

plet

ing

the

proj

ect.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Cho

ice

of P

roje

ct

Proj

ects

are

exp

ecte

d to

be

prop

osed

by

the

stud

ents

. Th

ey m

ay a

lso

be p

ropo

sed

by

acad

emic

mem

bers

of s

taff,

or j

oint

ly b

y st

uden

t and

sta

ff. In

dust

rial e

xper

ienc

e an

d st

aff

rese

arch

and

con

sulta

ncy

activ

ities

are

fer

tile

grou

nd f

or i

deas

. Pro

ject

pro

posa

ls m

ust

incl

ude

an o

bjec

tive,

des

crib

e th

e m

etho

d of

app

roac

h, d

escr

ibe

any

inno

vativ

e fe

atur

es,

and

prov

ide

an e

stim

ate

of c

ost.

The

suita

bilit

y of

a p

ropo

sal m

ay b

e ju

dged

by

fact

ors

such

as

its in

telle

ctua

l lev

el, l

evel

of

diff

icul

ty in

tech

nica

l asp

ects

, rel

evan

ce to

the

aim

s of

the

Prog

ram

me,

pra

ctic

ality

in

term

s of t

ime,

fund

ing

and

avai

labi

lity

of re

sour

ces.

Proj

ect P

lan

At

the

begi

nnin

g of

the

pro

ject

, st

uden

ts a

re r

equi

red

to s

ubm

it a

clea

r pr

ojec

t pl

an

(for

mal

pro

ject

pro

posa

l). T

he p

lan

shou

ld n

ot b

e to

o lo

ng b

ut s

houl

d co

ver s

uch

mat

ters

as

:

pr

oble

m id

entif

icat

ion

stat

emen

ts

br

ief l

itera

ture

surv

ey, b

ackg

roun

d th

eory

sugg

este

d m

etho

ds to

solv

e th

e pr

oble

m

di

visi

on o

utlin

e of

har

dwar

e an

d so

ftwar

e

pr

elim

inar

y tim

e sc

hedu

le

co

st e

stim

ate

Inte

rim

Pro

gres

s Rep

ort

A p

rogr

ess

repo

rt su

bmitt

ed b

etw

een

the

end

of th

e 1st

sem

este

r an

d th

e st

art o

f th

e 2nd

se

mes

ter,

whe

n st

uden

ts p

rodu

ce a

sum

mar

y of

the

ir pr

ogre

ss t

o da

te.

This

giv

es t

he

supe

rvis

or a

mor

e fo

rmal

opp

ortu

nity

tha

n at

dis

cuss

ions

to

indi

cate

his

ass

essm

ent

of

stud

ent p

rogr

ess

and

to e

limin

ate

disc

repa

ncie

s if

nece

ssar

y. P

robl

em c

ases

are

bro

ught

to

the

notic

e of

the

proj

ect c

oord

inat

or b

y su

perv

isor

s.

Fina

l Pro

ject

Rep

ort

A g

ood

proj

ect s

ched

ule

incl

udes

ade

quat

e tim

e fo

r pre

parin

g a

repo

rt of

the

appr

opria

te

stan

dard

. The

fina

l rep

ort s

houl

d be

sub

mitt

ed b

efor

e th

e ex

amin

atio

n pe

riod.

The

se w

ill

be g

iven

to

the

Ass

essm

ent

Pane

l (s

ee A

sses

smen

t be

low

) fo

r un

ders

tand

ing

of t

he

stud

ent’s

wor

k an

d fo

r as

sess

men

t pu

rpos

ed.

To e

nsur

e th

at t

he p

roje

ct r

epor

ts a

re

prep

ared

pro

perly

and

of a

ppro

pria

te s

tand

ard,

stu

dent

gro

ups

mus

t firs

t sub

mit

a dr

aft o

f th

e re

port

to th

e su

perv

isor

for c

omm

ents

bef

ore

final

subm

issi

on.

At

the

end

of t

he p

roje

ct,

each

pro

ject

is

asse

ssed

by

an A

sses

smen

t Pa

nel

of t

hree

m

embe

rs,

incl

udin

g a

Cha

irman

, an

ind

epen

dent

exa

min

er a

nd t

he p

roje

ct S

uper

viso

r. Th

e C

hairm

an a

nd t

he i

ndep

ende

nt e

xam

iner

sho

uld

have

suf

ficie

nt k

now

ledg

e of

the

su

bjec

t are

a, s

o as

to f

orm

an

inde

pend

ent o

pini

on o

f th

e te

chni

cal m

erit

of th

e pr

ojec

t an

d to

inde

pend

ently

ass

ess a

chie

vem

ents

.

The

Proj

ect

Supe

rvis

or w

ill p

rovi

de i

nfor

mat

ion

on s

tude

nt’s

pro

gres

s, in

itiat

ive

and

abili

ty t

o w

ork

inde

pend

ently

. T

he S

uper

viso

r w

ill a

lso

be i

n a

posi

tion

to c

ontri

bute

vi

ews

on th

e st

uden

t’s te

chni

cal a

chie

vem

ent.

All

mem

bers

of t

he A

sses

smen

t Pan

el w

ill

read

the

proj

ect r

epor

t bef

ore

the

asse

ssm

ent m

eetin

g. T

he A

sses

smen

t Pan

el w

ill re

ach

thei

r dec

isio

n af

ter:

lis

teni

ng to

the

stud

ent’s

pre

sent

atio

n,

ex

amin

ing

him

ora

lly o

n hi

s wor

k, a

nd

se

eing

a d

emon

stra

tion

of th

e pr

ojec

t’s o

utco

me.

Ass

essm

ent

In a

sses

sing

the

proj

ect,

the

pane

l will

typi

cally

con

side

r the

follo

win

g as

pect

s:

a.

Inte

llect

ual a

chie

vem

ent;

b.

Dep

th o

f und

erst

andi

ng o

f the

topi

c an

d th

e re

leva

nt a

llied

topi

cs;

c.

Qua

ntity

and

qua

lity

of w

ork

done

, inc

ludi

ng d

esig

n an

d co

nstru

ctio

n of

equ

ipm

ent,

expe

rimen

tatio

n, m

athe

mat

ical

mod

els,

prog

ram

writ

ing,

ver

ifica

tion;

d.

Pr

esen

tatio

n in

clud

ing

the

writ

ten

repo

rt, s

emin

ar p

rese

ntat

ion

and

resp

onse

to

ques

tions

.

The

Cha

irman

will

ens

ure

that

all

aspe

cts

of th

e st

udy

are

thor

ough

ly d

iscu

ssed

by

the

Pane

l bef

ore

arriv

ing

at a

con

sens

us o

n an

ove

rall

grad

e to

be

awar

ded

to th

e pr

ojec

t. In

ar

rivin

g at

thei

r de

cisi

on, t

he P

anel

will

bea

r in

min

d th

eir

expe

rienc

es in

res

pect

of

the

achi

evem

ents

in o

ther

pro

ject

s in

the

Dep

artm

ent i

n th

e cu

rren

t and

pre

viou

s yea

rs.

If n

o co

nsen

sus

aris

es a

s to

the

ove

rall

grad

e to

be

awar

ded

to t

he p

roje

ct, e

ach

pane

l m

embe

r (i.

e. t

he C

hairm

an,

the

proj

ect

supe

rvis

or a

nd t

he i

ndep

ende

nt e

xam

iner

) w

ill

inde

pend

ently

aw

ard

grad

es

to

the

proj

ect

on

an

asse

ssm

ent

form

w

ith

writ

ten

just

ifica

tion

for t

heir

grad

es.

A g

rade

from

the

Ass

essm

ent P

anel

will

then

be

deriv

ed b

y av

erag

ing

(with

the

sam

e w

eigh

t) th

e co

nver

sion

mar

ks fo

r the

gra

des

give

n by

the

thre

e ac

adem

ics c

onst

itutin

g th

e Ass

essm

ent P

anel

.

AI - 16

Met

hod

of A

sses

smen

t:

100%

con

tinuo

us a

sses

smen

t

(I)

Form

al P

roje

ct P

ropo

sal

Stud

ents

are

requ

ired

to s

ubm

it a

form

al p

roje

ct p

ropo

sal w

hen

the

proj

ect i

s sta

rted.

Thi

s w

ill c

ontr

ibut

e to

5%

of t

he fi

nal g

rade

.

The

cont

ents

of th

e pr

opos

al sh

ould

incl

ude:

A.

Aim

s of t

he p

roje

ct

B.

Prop

osed

spec

ifica

tions

of t

he p

rodu

ct (n

o m

atte

r it i

s a h

ardw

are

or so

ftwar

e pr

ojec

t) C.

Su

mm

ary

of th

e lit

erat

ure

sear

ch d

one

up-to

-dat

e.

D.

Prop

osed

app

roac

h/m

etho

dolo

gy to

be

used

E.

So

me

brie

f des

crip

tions

on

the

theo

ry o

f the

app

roac

h/m

etho

dolo

gy

F.

Tim

e ta

ble

/ sch

edul

e of

you

r wor

k of

the

entir

e pr

ojec

t

Ass

essm

ent C

rite

ria

1.

Lite

ratu

re re

view

. 2.

Pr

oble

m d

efin

ition

. 3.

W

ritin

g qu

ality

.

(II)

The

Inte

rim

Pro

gres

s Rep

ort

Stud

ents

are

also

req

uire

d to

sub

mit

an i

nter

im p

rogr

ess

repo

rt at

abo

ut t

he m

iddl

e of

pr

ojec

t dur

atio

n. T

his w

ill c

ontr

ibut

e to

15%

of t

he fi

nal g

rade

.

The

cont

ents

of th

e pr

ogre

ss re

port

shou

ld in

clud

e:

A.

Aim

s of t

he p

roje

ct (e

spec

ially

any

cha

nge

from

the

orig

inal

aim

s).

B.

Brie

f out

line

of th

e th

eory

. C.

W

ork

that

has

bee

n ca

rried

out

up

to th

e da

te.

D.

The

syste

m d

esig

n an

d th

e bl

ock

diag

ram

of t

he s

yste

m, p

lus

som

e br

ief d

escr

iptio

ns

on th

e th

eory

. E.

D

iffic

ultie

s enc

ount

ered

and

the

mea

sure

s tak

en to

solv

e th

em.

F.

Prop

osed

tim

e ta

ble

/ sch

edul

e fo

r the

rest

of th

e w

ork

up to

the

end

of th

e pr

ojec

t. G

. D

iffic

ultie

s exp

ecte

d in

the

com

ing

perio

d.

Ass

essm

ent C

rite

ria

1.

Met

hod:

alte

rnat

ives

and

feas

ibili

ty.

2.

Des

ign

/ Im

plem

enta

tion

/ Res

ults

. 3.

Pr

ojec

t man

agem

ent.

4.

Wri

ting

qual

ity.

(III

) T

he F

inal

Rep

ort

In w

ritin

g a

repo

rt it

is ad

visa

ble

to f

orm

a f

ram

ewor

k fo

r th

e re

port

first.

You

may

sta

rt w

ith th

e fo

rmat

ion

of th

e tit

les o

f the

cha

pter

s. Th

en y

ou p

roce

ed o

n to

dec

ide

the

title

s and

str

uctu

re o

f the

sec

tions

with

in e

ach

chap

ter.

Con

tinui

ng th

e pr

oces

s, ea

ch s

ectio

n m

ay b

e fu

rther

exp

ande

d in

to a

ppro

pria

te s

ub-s

ectio

ns,

divi

sions

and

sub

-div

ision

s et

c.,

until

a

com

plet

e fra

mew

ork

is fo

rmed

. Th

e fin

al r

epor

t w

ill c

ontr

ibut

e to

50%

of

the

final

gr

ade.

The

cont

ent o

f the

fina

l rep

ort i

nclu

des:

A.

Aim

s of t

he p

roje

ct (e

spec

ially

any

cha

nge

from

the

orig

inal

aim

s).

B.

The

mot

ivat

ion

behi

nd th

e pr

ojec

t and

a b

rief o

utlin

e of

the

proj

ect w

ork.

C.

A

sum

mar

y of

wor

k do

ne o

r dev

elop

ed in

the

proj

ect (

not w

ork

done

by

othe

rs).

D.

The

syste

m d

esig

n an

d th

e bl

ock

diag

ram

of t

he s

yste

m, p

lus

som

e br

ief d

escr

iptio

ns

on th

e th

eory

. E.

Te

sting

and

sim

ulat

ion

resu

lts.

F.

Com

men

ts on

resu

lts o

btai

ned.

G

. D

iffic

ultie

s enc

ount

ered

and

the

mea

sure

s tak

en to

solv

e th

em.

H.

The

achi

evem

ent o

f th

e pr

ojec

t, th

e co

nclu

sions

fro

m th

e w

ork

and

sugg

estio

ns f

or

furth

er w

ork.

I.

Mat

eria

ls w

hich

are

clo

sely

rel

ated

to

the

cont

ents

of

the

repo

rt, a

nd w

hich

are

th

emse

lves

self-

cont

aine

d, m

ay b

e in

clud

ed in

the

repo

rt as

app

endi

xes.

J. A

list

of t

he r

efer

ence

s re

ferre

d to

the

sou

rce

of i

nfor

mat

ion

in t

he r

epor

t. Th

is is

com

pulso

ry.

Ass

essm

ent C

rite

ria

1.

Lite

ratu

re re

sear

ch

2.

Tech

nica

l con

cept

/kno

wle

dge/

appl

icat

ion,

inte

llect

ual l

evel

3.

Pr

oble

m id

entif

icat

ion,

initi

ativ

e an

d pr

ogre

ss

4.

Org

aniz

atio

n an

d w

ritin

g qu

ality

(IV

) T

he P

rese

ntat

ion

and

Dem

onst

ratio

n

The

stud

ent

shou

ld k

eep

the

pres

enta

tion

conc

ise

and

inte

rest

ing

thro

ugh

good

use

of

visu

al a

ids a

nd m

ultim

edia

, log

ic fl

ow o

f ide

as, a

nd a

ppro

pria

te c

ontro

l of t

he p

ace.

Sho

w

good

mas

terin

g of

topi

cs a

nd a

void

und

ue p

ause

s. Th

e st

uden

t sho

uld

be a

ble

to e

labo

rate

on

tec

hnic

al d

etai

ls i

n an

swer

ing

ques

tions

. G

ood

pron

unci

atio

n an

d in

tona

tion

are

desi

rabl

e. B

e co

urte

ous d

urin

g th

e pr

esen

tatio

n.

Har

dwar

e m

ust

be n

eatly

bui

lt an

d la

id o

ut a

nd t

here

is

good

eng

inee

ring

sens

e in

ha

rdw

are

impl

emen

tatio

n. C

ircui

ts /

softw

are

shou

ld f

unct

ion

prop

erly

, and

exp

erim

ents

sh

ould

be

able

to su

ppor

t ful

fillm

ent o

f pro

ject

obj

ectiv

es.

The

pres

enta

tion

and

dem

onst

ratio

n w

ill c

ontr

ibut

e to

30%

of t

he fi

nal g

rade

.

Ass

essm

ent C

rite

ria

1.

Tech

nica

l con

cept

/kno

wle

dge/

appl

icat

ion

2.

Inte

llect

ual l

evel

, res

pons

e to

que

stio

ns

3.

Dem

onst

ratio

n an

d en

gine

erin

g ac

com

plis

hmen

t 4.

Pr

esen

tatio

n sk

ill a

nd la

ngua

ge c

ompe

tenc

e.

Not

e 1:

Eac

h pr

ojec

t gro

up h

as to

subm

it/ca

rry

out a

ll th

e ab

ove

four

com

pone

nts b

efor

e he

/she

is c

onsi

dere

d to

pas

s the

FY

P.

Not

e 2:

The

fina

l gra

de fo

r the

FY

P w

ill b

e ca

lcul

ated

by

taki

ng th

e w

eigh

ted

aver

age

of

the

grad

es fr

om th

e ab

ove

four

com

pone

nts.

Not

e 3:

Alth

ough

it

is a

gro

up p

roje

ct,

diffe

rent

gra

des

may

be

awar

ded

to d

iffer

ent

mem

bers

of

the

grou

p if

it is

fou

nd t

hat

cont

ribut

ions

fro

m d

iffer

ent

mem

bers

var

y si

gnifi

cant

ly.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

As

the

natu

re o

f the

sub

ject

impl

ies,

ther

e w

ill n

ot b

e m

any

form

al le

ctur

es in

the

subj

ect,

othe

r tha

n a

few

of h

ours

of b

riefin

gs o

n ge

nera

l inf

orm

atio

n, s

ome

offic

ial p

roce

dure

s in

ad

min

istra

tion

of th

e pr

ojec

t and

som

e te

chni

ques

on

info

rmat

ion/

com

pone

nts

sear

chin

g.

Stud

ents

lea

rn t

he t

echn

ical

con

tent

s by

a s

ubst

antia

l nu

mbe

r of

ind

ivid

ual

disc

ussi

ons

with

thei

r pro

ject

sup

ervi

sors

and

a la

rge

num

ber o

f hou

rs o

f sel

f-le

arni

ng. T

he p

lann

ing

of th

e pr

ojec

t will

be

carr

ied

unde

r the

dire

ctio

n of

the

supe

rvis

or. T

hrou

gh th

e ex

ecut

ion

of t

he p

roje

ct p

lan

with

gui

danc

e fr

om t

he s

uper

viso

r, th

e st

uden

t sh

ould

be

able

to

achi

eve

the

lear

ning

out

com

es.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

Out

com

es

a b

c d

e f

Dis

cuss

ion

with

the

proj

ect S

uper

viso

r

Wiri

ng o

f the

pro

ject

pro

posa

l

Writ

ing

of th

e in

terim

repo

rt

W

ritin

g of

the

final

repo

rt

Pres

enta

tion

and

dem

onst

ratio

n

AI - 17

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

, its

al

ignm

ent o

f In

tend

ed S

ubje

ct

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Ass

essm

ent

crite

ria f

or e

ach

of t

he a

bove

ass

essm

ent

met

hods

are

as

liste

d in

one

of

abov

e se

ctio

ns.

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c d

e f

1. F

orm

al p

roje

ct p

ropo

sal

5%

2. In

terim

pro

gres

s rep

ort

15%

3.

Fin

al re

port

50%

4.

Pre

sent

atio

n an

d de

mon

stra

tion

30%

Tota

l 10

0%

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

B

riefin

gs

3 H

rs.

G

roup

dis

cuss

ions

with

supe

rvis

or

12 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

In

form

atio

n se

arch

, sel

f stu

dy, e

xecu

tion

of th

e pr

ojec

t, re

port

writ

ing,

pre

para

tion

of p

rese

ntat

ion

145

Hrs

.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

16

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s N

il

AI - 18

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Su

bjec

t Cod

e EE

3002

C

Subj

ect T

itle

Elec

trom

echa

nica

l Ene

rgy

Con

vers

ion

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

3

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

1.

To p

rovi

de st

uden

ts a

gen

eral

kno

wle

dge

on c

omm

on ty

pes o

f ele

ctric

mac

hine

s.

2.

To p

rovi

de st

uden

ts th

e ba

sic

tech

niqu

es o

f ste

ady-

stat

e el

ectri

c m

achi

ne a

naly

sis.

Subj

ect I

nten

ded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

U

pon

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

a.

Expl

ain

the

cons

truct

ion,

ope

ratin

g pr

inci

ples

, per

form

ance

cha

ract

eris

tics,

cont

rol

and

appl

icat

ions

of t

rans

form

ers a

nd m

ajor

type

s of r

otat

ing

elec

tric

mac

hine

s. b.

A

naly

se

the

stea

dy-s

tate

pe

rfor

man

ce

of

elec

tric

mac

hine

s us

ing

appr

opria

te

equi

vale

nt c

ircui

t mod

els.

c.

Ope

rate

pra

ctic

al e

lect

ric m

achi

nes a

nd to

con

duct

rele

vant

test

s and

exp

erim

ents

. d.

Pr

esen

t res

ults

of e

lect

ric m

achi

ne s

tudi

es in

the

form

of t

able

s, gr

aphs

, and

writ

ten

repo

rts.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Intr

odu

ctio

n:

Prin

cipl

es o

f m

otor

s an

d ge

nera

tors

. Mat

eria

ls f

or e

lect

ric m

achi

nes.

Type

s of e

lect

ric m

achi

nes a

nd a

pplic

atio

ns.

Loss

es a

nd e

ffici

ency

. 2.

M

ach

ine

rati

ng:

Tem

pera

ture

ris

e an

d co

olin

g m

etho

ds.

Hea

ting

and

cool

ing

curv

es.

Ther

mal

ratin

gs.

Mac

hine

nam

epla

te.

3.

Win

din

gs:

Phas

e an

d co

mm

utat

or w

indi

ngs.

Win

ding

fac

tors

. E.

m.f.

equ

atio

n.

Har

mon

ics.

Pro

duct

ion

of ro

tatin

g fie

ld.

4.

D.C

. m

ach

ines

: Con

stru

ctio

n. E

.m.f

equa

tion.

Arm

atur

e re

actio

n an

d co

mm

utat

ion.

C

hara

cter

istic

s of

shu

nt,

serie

s an

d co

mpo

und

mac

hine

s. Te

stin

g. S

peed

con

trol.

U

nive

rsal

mot

or.

Bru

shle

ss d

.c. m

otor

. 5.

S

ynch

ron

ous

mac

hin

es: C

onst

ruct

ion.

Syn

chro

nous

impe

danc

e. V

olta

ge re

gula

tion.

Sy

nchr

onis

ing.

Per

form

ance

on

infin

ite b

usba

rs.

Pow

er/lo

ad a

ngle

rel

atio

nshi

p.

Stab

ility

. Syn

chro

nous

mot

or.

6.

Indu

ctio

n

mac

hin

es:

Squi

rrel

cag

e an

d w

ound

-rot

or t

ypes

. Eq

uiva

lent

circ

uit.

Torq

ue-s

lip r

elat

ions

hip.

Sta

rting

, br

akin

g an

d ge

nera

ting.

Tes

ting.

Spe

ed c

ontro

l. Si

ngle

-pha

se in

duct

ion

mot

ors.

Lab

orat

ory

Exp

erim

ents

: Lo

ad te

st, e

ffici

ency

and

spee

d co

ntro

l of a

d.c

. mot

or.

Perf

orm

ance

eva

luat

ion

of a

thre

e-ph

ase

cage

indu

ctio

n m

otor

. Sy

nchr

onou

s mot

or V

-cur

ves.

Tem

pera

ture

rise

and

ratin

gs.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

Del

iver

y of

the

sub

ject

is

mai

nly

thro

ugh

form

al l

ectu

res

and

com

plem

ente

d by

tu

toria

ls. E

xcel

pro

gram

mes

are

use

d to

cla

rify

conc

epts

of e

lect

ric m

achi

nes

lear

nt a

nd

for

cond

uctin

g ‘w

hat-i

f’ an

alys

is.

Labo

rato

ry

wor

k pr

ovid

es

stud

ents

ha

nds-

on

expe

rienc

e in

ope

ratio

n an

d co

ntro

l of

prac

tical

mac

hine

s, w

hile

rep

ort-w

ritin

g en

able

s st

uden

ts to

pra

ctis

e w

ritte

n an

d gr

aphi

c pr

esen

tatio

n sk

ills.

Te

achi

ng/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

O

utco

mes

a

b c

d Le

ctur

es

Tu

toria

ls

Labo

rato

ry w

ork

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to

be a

sses

sed

a b

c d

1. E

xam

inat

ion

60%

2.

Mid

-term

Tes

t 20

%

3.

Lab

orat

ory

wor

k an

d re

ports

15

%

4. A

ssig

nmen

t 5%

To

tal

100%

It is

a f

unda

men

tal

subj

ect

on e

lect

ric m

achi

nes

and

trans

form

ers.

The

out

com

es o

n co

ncep

ts,

oper

atin

g pr

inci

ples

and

app

licat

ions

are

ass

esse

d by

the

usu

al m

eans

of

assi

gnm

ent,

test

s, an

d ex

amin

atio

n. T

he o

utco

mes

on

prac

tical

ope

ratio

n of

ele

ctric

m

achi

nes a

nd te

chni

cal c

omm

unic

atio

n ar

e ev

alua

ted

by la

bora

tory

wor

k an

d re

ports

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e/Tu

toria

l 35

Hrs

.

La

bora

tory

9

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

R

evis

ion,

self-

stud

y, a

nd a

ssig

nmen

t 39

Hrs

.

W

rite-

up o

f lab

orat

ory

repo

rts

12 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

95

Hrs

.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s R

efer

ence

boo

ks:

1.

M.S

. Sar

ma

and

M.K

. Pa

thak

, El

ectri

c M

achi

nes,

2nd E

ditio

n, C

enga

ge L

earn

ing,

20

10

2.

S.A

. N

asar

, Sc

haum

’s O

utlin

e of

The

ory

and

Prob

lem

s of

Ele

ctric

Mac

hine

s an

d El

ectro

mec

hani

cs, 2

nd E

ditio

n, M

cGra

w-H

ill, 1

998

AI - 19

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Su

bjec

t Cod

e EE

3003

C

Subj

ect T

itle

Pow

er E

lect

roni

cs a

nd D

rives

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

3

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

1.

To u

nder

stan

d th

e ch

arac

teris

tics a

nd o

pera

tion

of p

ower

ele

ctro

nics

dev

ices

. 2.

To

exp

ose

the

stud

ents

to th

e co

nver

sion

and

util

izat

ion

of la

rge

amou

nt o

f ele

ctric

al

pow

er u

sing

late

st p

ower

sem

icon

duct

or d

evic

es a

nd m

oder

n co

ntro

l tec

hniq

ues.

3.

To

ens

ure

the

stud

ents

dev

elop

an

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

var

ious

driv

e sy

stem

s.

Subj

ect I

nten

ded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

U

pon

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill:

a.

Be

able

to e

xpla

in b

oth

verb

ally

and

in w

ritte

n fo

rm m

ajor

sem

icon

duct

or d

evic

es

that

can

be

used

as

switc

hes,

and

thei

r ele

ctric

al c

hara

cter

istic

s w

hich

incl

ude

basi

c id

ealis

ed m

odel

s as w

ell a

s ext

ensi

on to

som

e im

porta

nt n

on-id

eal c

hara

cter

istic

s. b.

B

e ab

le to

exp

lain

the

proc

esse

s of

effi

cien

t ene

rgy

conv

ersi

on th

roug

h th

e us

e of

po

wer

sem

icon

duct

or sw

itche

s. c.

B

e ab

le to

app

ly th

e co

ncep

ts o

f sw

itchi

ng p

ower

con

vers

ion

to a

naly

se a

var

iety

of

circ

uits

incl

udin

g:

i. D

C to

DC

con

vers

ion

ii.

A

C to

DC

con

vers

ion

iii

. D

C to

AC

con

vers

ion

d.

Be

able

to

pres

ent

the

resu

lts o

f st

udy

and

expe

rimen

ts in

the

form

of

a te

chni

cal

repo

rt.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Pow

er

elec

tron

ics

fund

amen

tals

: po

wer

con

vers

ion,

ene

rgy

bala

nce

prin

cipl

e,

revi

ew o

f fun

dam

enta

ls.

2.

Pow

er s

emic

ondu

ctor

dev

ices

: D

iode

s, Po

wer

Tra

nsis

tor,

MO

SFET

, SC

R,

GTO

, IG

BT,

switc

hing

cha

ract

eris

tics.

3.

D

C-D

C c

onve

rter

s: B

uck,

Boo

st a

nd B

uck-

Boo

st D

C-D

C C

onve

rter,

Dut

y C

ycle

C

ontro

ller,

Switc

hed

Mod

e Po

wer

Sup

ply.

4.

A

C-D

C

rect

ifie

rs:

Unc

ontro

lled

and

cont

rolle

d si

ngle

-pha

se

and

thre

e-ph

ase

rect

ifier

s, te

rmin

al c

hara

cter

istic

s, su

pply

and

load

inte

ract

ions

. 5.

D

C/A

C

inve

rter

s: B

asic

Sin

gle-

phas

e br

idge

inv

erte

rs,

volta

ge a

nd f

requ

ency

co

ntro

l, ha

rmon

ic re

duct

ion.

6.

E

lect

ric

driv

e sy

stem

s: I

ntro

duct

ion

to e

lect

ric d

rives

sys

tem

, ap

plic

atio

ns f

or

cons

erva

tion

of e

nerg

y, d

c el

ectri

c dr

ives

. L

abor

ator

y E

xper

imen

t:

DC

/DC

Buc

k C

onve

rter,

Intro

duct

ion

to S

CR

circ

uits

, PS

PIC

E si

mul

atio

n of

SC

R

Brid

ge.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

Lect

ures

and

tuto

rials

are

effe

ctiv

e te

achi

ng m

etho

ds:

1.

To p

rovi

de a

n ov

ervi

ew o

r out

line

of th

e su

bjec

t. 2.

To

intro

duce

new

con

cept

s and

kno

wle

dge

to th

e st

uden

ts.

3.

To e

xpla

in d

iffic

ult i

deas

and

con

cept

s of t

he su

bjec

t. 4.

To

mot

ivat

e an

d st

imul

ate

stud

ents

inte

rest

. 5.

To

pro

vide

stud

ents

feed

back

in re

latio

n to

thei

r lea

rnin

g.

6.

To e

ncou

rage

stu

dent

s re

spon

sibi

lity

for

thei

r le

arni

ng b

y ex

tra r

efer

ence

boo

ks

read

ing

and

com

pute

r-bas

ed c

ircui

t sim

ulat

ions

. La

bora

tory

wor

ks is

an

esse

ntia

l ing

redi

ent o

f thi

s sub

ject

: 1.

To

supp

lem

ent t

he le

ctur

ing

mat

eria

ls.

2.

To a

dd re

al e

xper

ienc

e fo

r the

stud

ents

. 3.

To

pro

vide

dee

p un

ders

tand

ing

of th

e su

bjec

t. 4.

To

ena

ble

stud

ents

to o

rgan

ise

prin

cipl

e an

d ch

alle

nge

idea

s. Te

achi

ng/L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

O

utco

mes

a

b c

d Le

ctur

es

Tu

toria

ls

Ex

perim

ents

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent m

etho

ds/ta

sks

%

wei

ghtin

gIn

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es to

be

asse

ssed

a

b c

d 1.

Exa

min

atio

n 60

%

2. C

lass

test

s 30

%

3. L

abor

ator

y pe

rfor

man

ce &

repo

rts

10%

Tota

l 10

0%

The

unde

rsta

ndin

g on

theo

retic

al p

rinci

ple

and

prac

tical

con

side

ratio

ns, a

naly

tical

ski

lls

and

prob

lem

sol

ving

tec

hniq

ue w

ill b

e ev

alua

ted.

Exa

min

atio

n, c

lass

tes

ts, l

abor

ator

y se

ctio

ns a

nd r

epor

ts a

re a

n in

tegr

ated

app

roac

h to

val

idly

ass

ess

stud

ents

’ per

form

ance

w

ith re

spec

t to

the

inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e/Tu

toria

l 36

Hrs

.

La

bora

tory

6

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

La

bora

tory

pre

para

tion/

repo

rt 12

Hrs

.

Se

lf-st

udy

45 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

99

Hrs

.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s Te

xtbo

oks:

1.

Pow

er E

lect

roni

cs, a

Firs

t Cou

rse

- Ned

Moh

an, W

iley,

201

2 2.

M

uham

mad

H. R

ashi

d, P

ower

Ele

ctro

nics

: C

ircui

ts, D

evic

es a

nd A

pplic

atio

ns, 3

rd

Editi

on, P

rent

ice

Hal

l, 20

04

AI - 20

Ref

eren

ce b

ooks

: 1.

B

imal

K. B

ose,

Pow

er E

lect

roni

cs a

nd V

aria

ble

Freq

uenc

y D

rives

: Tec

hnol

ogy

and

App

licat

ions

, IEE

E Pr

ess 1

997

2.

Phili

p T.

Kre

in, E

lem

ents

of P

ower

Ele

ctro

nics

, Oxf

ord

Uni

vers

ity P

ress

, 199

8 3.

R

. Kris

hnan

, Ele

ctric

Mot

or D

rives

: Mod

elin

g, A

naly

sis,

and

Con

trol,

Pren

tice-

Hal

l, 20

01

4.

Ned

. M

ohan

, El

ectri

c D

rives

: an

In

tegr

ativ

e A

ppro

ach,

M

inne

sota

Po

wer

El

ectro

nics

Res

earc

h &

Edu

catio

n, 2

003

AI - 21

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Su

bjec

t Cod

e EE

3009

C

Subj

ect T

itle

Elec

trica

l Ser

vice

s in

Bui

ldin

gs

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

3

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

1.

To e

nabl

e st

uden

ts to

und

erst

and

the

maj

or d

esig

n fe

atur

es, o

pera

ting

char

acte

ristic

s an

d fu

nctio

ns o

f ele

ctric

al a

nd e

lect

roni

c eq

uipm

ent u

sed

in b

uild

ing

serv

ices

. 2.

To

ena

ble

stud

ents

to im

plem

ent t

echn

ical

dat

a, r

egul

atio

ns, s

tand

ards

and

gui

danc

e no

tes

prep

ared

by

stat

utor

y bo

dies

in

the

desi

gn o

f re

liabl

e, s

afe

and

effic

ient

el

ectri

cal

pow

er d

istri

butio

n,

light

ning

pro

tect

ion,

ver

tical

tra

nspo

rtatio

n, l

ight

ing

and

fire

fight

ing

syst

ems i

n bu

ildin

gs.

Subj

ect I

nten

ded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

U

pon

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill:

a.

Be

able

to

plan

effi

cien

t, sa

fe a

nd h

igh

qual

ity d

istri

butio

n sy

stem

s fo

r do

mes

tic,

com

mer

cial

and

indu

stria

l bui

ldin

gs.

b.

Be

prof

icie

nt to

ass

ess

the

suita

bilit

y of

diff

eren

t ver

tical

tran

spor

tatio

n sy

stem

s an

d fir

e fig

htin

g sy

stem

s for

a b

uild

ing.

c.

B

e ab

le to

des

ign

and

eval

uate

the

effe

ctiv

enes

s of l

ight

ning

pro

tect

ion

syst

ems.

d.

Be

able

to in

tegr

ate

the

light

ing

requ

irem

ents

and

ope

ratin

g ch

arac

teris

tics

of li

ght

sour

ces t

o th

e de

sign

of i

nter

ior l

ight

ing

and

exte

rior l

ight

ing.

e.

B

e ab

le to

sear

ch fo

r inf

orm

atio

n in

solv

ing

tech

nica

l pro

blem

s.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1.

Pow

er d

istr

ibu

tion

in

bu

ildin

gs: S

yste

m p

lann

ing.

Inco

min

g su

pply

arr

ange

men

t for

do

mes

tic,

com

mer

cial

an

d in

dust

rial

inst

alla

tions

.

Econ

omic

s of

H

V/L

V

dist

ribut

ions

. T

ariff

s, m

axim

um d

eman

d, l

oad

fact

ors

and

dive

rsity

. Ea

rthin

g sy

stem

s. A

pplic

atio

ns o

f sta

ndby

gen

erat

or se

ts a

nd u

nint

erru

ptib

le p

ower

supp

lies.

2.

Req

uir

emen

ts f

or s

afe

desi

gn:

Ove

rvie

w o

f Sup

ply

Rul

es a

nd R

egul

atio

ns. E

lect

ric

shoc

k, o

verc

urre

nt a

nd e

arth

faul

t pro

tect

ion.

Fus

e, M

CB

, MC

CB

, AC

B d

esig

n an

d se

lect

ion

crite

ria.

Co-

ordi

natio

n of

pro

tect

ion

syst

ems.

Cab

le a

nd w

iring

sys

tem

s de

sign

. 3.

In

terf

eren

ce a

nd

pow

er q

ual

ity:

Ins

talla

tion

requ

irem

ents

, gr

oupi

ng,

inte

rfer

ence

, no

ise

supp

ress

ion

and

pow

er s

uppl

y in

com

mun

icat

ion

syst

ems.

Elec

trom

agne

tic

com

patib

ility

. H

arm

onic

s and

vol

tage

dip

s iss

ues.

4.

Lig

htn

ing

prot

ecti

on s

yste

ms:

Lig

htni

ng p

heno

men

a. E

stim

atio

n of

exp

osur

e ris

k.

Req

uire

men

ts fo

r sys

tem

com

pone

nts.

Sta

ndar

ds fo

r pro

tect

ion

of s

truct

ures

aga

inst

lig

htni

ng.

5.

Ver

tica

l tra

nsp

orta

tion

sys

tem

s: L

ift. H

oist

and

esc

alat

or d

rives

. Saf

ety

requ

irem

ents

an

d dr

ive

char

acte

ristic

s. G

rade

of s

ervi

ce a

nd ro

und

trip

time.

6.

L

igh

tin

g: C

hara

cter

istic

s of

lig

ht s

ourc

es.

Cla

ssifi

catio

n of

lum

inar

ies.

Lig

htin

g co

ntro

l.

Inte

rior

light

ing

desi

gn.

Gla

re

inde

x ca

lcul

atio

n.

Col

or

rend

erin

g.

Util

izat

ion

of d

aylig

ht. E

xter

ior l

ight

ing

desi

gn.

7.

F

ire

Fig

hti

ng S

yste

ms:

Out

line,

reg

ulat

ions

, req

uire

men

ts a

nd c

ompo

nent

s of

fire

fig

htin

g sy

stem

s. Fi

re s

prin

kler

sys

tem

s. H

eat

and

smok

e de

tect

or s

yste

ms.

Fire

-fig

htin

g ga

ses.

Cas

e St

udy:

1.

Dis

tribu

tion

syst

ems d

esig

n fo

r typ

ical

bui

ldin

gs in

Hon

g K

ong

2. A

pplic

atio

ns o

f Ove

rcur

rent

and

ear

th fa

ult p

rote

ctio

n

3. C

o-or

dina

tion

of v

ario

us ty

pes o

f pro

tect

ive

devi

ces

4. E

lect

rical

pow

er q

ualit

y is

sues

in b

uild

ing

serv

ices

5.

Lig

htni

ng p

rote

ctio

n sy

stem

s des

ign

6. I

nter

ior l

ight

ing

and

exte

rior l

ight

ing

desi

gns

7.

Fire

pro

tect

ion

for d

omes

tic, c

omm

erci

al a

nd in

dust

rial b

uild

ings

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

In le

ctur

es a

nd tu

toria

ls, m

ater

ials

that

em

phas

ize

prac

tical

pro

blem

-sol

ving

met

hods

are

ba

lanc

ed

with

m

ater

ials

th

at

emph

asiz

e fu

ndam

enta

l un

ders

tand

ing.

St

uden

ts

are

expe

cted

to ta

ke in

itiat

ive

to le

arn

thro

ugh

the

proc

ess

of e

ngag

emen

t and

par

ticip

atio

n in

lect

ures

and

tuto

rial s

essi

ons.

Prac

tical

des

igns

use

d in

indu

stry,

whe

re a

ppro

pria

te, a

re

disc

usse

d in

tera

ctiv

ely

in c

lass

. M

ini-P

roje

cts

are

used

to

enha

nce

stud

ents

lea

rnin

g ex

perie

nces

and

pra

ctic

al a

pplic

atio

ns.

They

pro

vide

stu

dent

s w

ith t

he o

ppor

tuni

ty t

o de

velo

p in

depe

nden

t des

ign/

plan

ning

and

tech

nica

l rep

ort w

ritin

g sk

ills

perti

nent

to th

e fie

ld o

f ele

ctric

al se

rvic

es in

bui

ldin

gs.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

Out

com

es

a b

c d

e Le

ctur

es

Tu

toria

ls

M

ini-p

roje

cts

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c d

e 1.

Exa

min

atio

n 60

%

2.

Cla

ss T

est/Q

uiz

25%

3. M

ini-p

roje

ct &

repo

rt 15

%

Tota

l 10

0%

The

subj

ect o

utco

mes

on

plan

ning

, des

ign,

effe

ctiv

enes

s ev

alua

tion

of e

lect

rical

ser

vice

s in

bui

ldin

gs a

re a

sses

sed

by m

eans

of e

xam

inat

ion,

qui

zzes

and

test

s. Th

e ou

tcom

es o

n en

gine

erin

g sk

ills,

appl

icat

ions

, pro

blem

sol

ving

tech

niqu

es, a

s w

ell a

s te

chni

cal w

ritin

g,

are

eval

uate

d by

min

i-pro

ject

and

repo

rts.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Le

ctur

e/Tu

toria

l 39

Hrs

.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

M

ini-p

roje

ct d

iscu

ssio

n/re

port

20 H

rs.

Se

lf-st

udy

41 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

10

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s Te

xtbo

oks a

nd R

efer

ence

boo

ks:

1.

R. B

arrie

, Des

ign

of E

lect

rical

Ser

vice

s for

Bui

ldin

gs, S

pon

Pres

s, 4th

Edi

tion,

200

5 2.

G.

St

okes

, H

andb

ook

of

Elec

trica

l In

stal

latio

n Pr

actic

e,

Bla

ckw

ell

Scie

ntifi

c Pu

blic

atio

n, 4

th E

d., 2

003

3.

G.C

. Bar

ney,

Ele

vato

r Tra

ffic

Han

dboo

k: T

heor

y an

d Pr

actic

e, S

pon

Pres

s, 20

03

4.

J.R. C

oato

n, L

amps

and

Lig

htin

g, W

iley,

199

7 5.

F.

Hal

l, B

uild

ing

Serv

ices

Han

dboo

k, R

outle

dge

, 7th E

ditio

n, 2

013

6.

D.C

. Prit

char

d, L

ight

ing,

Lon

gman

, 6th E

ditio

n 19

99

AI - 22

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Su

bjec

t Cod

e EL

C10

07

Subj

ect T

itle

Uni

vers

ity E

nglis

h fo

r Hig

her D

iplo

ma

Stud

ents

I

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

NIL

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

hel

p hi

gher

dip

lom

a st

uden

ts e

nter

ing

with

HK

DSE

Eng

lish

Lang

uage

Le

vel

2 to

st

udy

effe

ctiv

ely

in

an

Engl

ish

med

ium

te

rtiar

y le

arni

ng

envi

ronm

ent

and

to a

cqui

re a

cade

mic

Eng

lish

skill

s to

ena

ble

them

to

furth

er t

heir

stud

ies a

t uni

vers

ity.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

a.

refe

r to

acad

emic

sour

ces i

n w

ritte

n te

xts a

nd o

ral p

rese

ntat

ions

by

usin

g

pa

raph

rasi

ng a

nd su

mm

aris

ing

skill

s b.

se

lect

app

ropr

iate

voc

abul

ary

and

gram

mar

to a

chie

ve a

n ac

adem

ic st

yle

c.

plan

, writ

e an

d re

vise

writ

ten

text

s with

refe

renc

e to

sour

ces

To a

chie

ve th

e ab

ove

outc

omes

, stu

dent

s ar

e ex

pect

ed to

use

lang

uage

and

text

stru

ctur

e ap

prop

riate

to th

e co

ntex

t, se

lect

info

rmat

ion

criti

cally

, and

pre

sent

info

rmat

ion

logi

cally

an

d co

here

ntly

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1. W

ritte

n co

mm

unic

atio

n A

naly

sing

and

pra

ctis

ing

com

mon

writ

ing

func

tions

; im

prov

ing

the

abili

ty o

f w

ritin

g to

pic

sent

ence

s an

d em

ploy

ing

appr

opria

te

stra

tegi

es

for

para

grap

h de

velo

pmen

t; un

ders

tand

ing

com

mon

pat

tern

s of

org

anis

atio

n in

aca

dem

ic w

ritin

g; ta

king

not

es f

rom

w

ritte

n an

d sp

oken

sou

rces

; pra

ctis

ing

sum

mar

isin

g an

d pa

raph

rasi

ng s

kills

; im

prov

ing

cohe

renc

e an

d co

hesi

on in

writ

ing;

dev

elop

ing

revi

sion

and

pro

ofre

adin

g sk

ills.

2.

Spo

ken

com

mun

icat

ion

Rec

ogni

sing

the

diff

eren

ces

betw

een

spok

en a

nd w

ritte

n co

mm

unic

atio

n in

Eng

lish

in

univ

ersi

ty s

tudy

con

text

s; i

dent

ifyin

g an

d pr

actis

ing

verb

al a

nd n

on-v

erba

l in

tera

ctio

n st

rate

gies

in a

cade

mic

ora

l pre

sent

atio

ns.

3. L

angu

age

deve

lopm

ent

Impr

ovin

g an

d ex

tend

ing

rele

vant

fea

ture

s of

gra

mm

ar, v

ocab

ular

y an

d pr

onun

ciat

ion;

de

velo

ping

app

ropr

iate

aca

dem

ic re

adin

g an

d lis

teni

ng sk

ills.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

a c

ombi

natio

n of

sem

inar

, se

lf-ac

cess

wor

k an

d on

line

lear

ning

. Fo

llow

ing

a bl

ende

d de

liver

y ap

proa

ch, a

ctiv

ities

incl

ude

teac

her i

nput

as

wel

l as

in- a

nd

out-o

f-cl

ass

wor

k an

d on

line

lear

ning

. S

tude

nts

mak

e us

e of

ele

arni

ng r

esou

rces

to

furth

er im

prov

e th

eir p

rofic

ienc

y an

d ac

adem

ic E

nglis

h sk

ills.

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre a

re u

sed

thro

ugho

ut th

e co

urse

. St

uden

ts w

ill b

e re

ferr

ed to

lear

ning

res

ourc

es o

n th

e In

tern

et a

nd in

the

ELC

’s

Cen

tre f

or I

ndep

ende

nt L

angu

age

Lear

ning

. A

dditi

onal

ref

eren

ce m

ater

ials

will

be

reco

mm

ende

d as

requ

ired.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

wei

ghtin

g In

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es to

be

asse

ssed

a b

c

1. S

hort

acad

emic

text

s 30

%

2. A

cade

mic

exp

osito

ry

essa

y 30

%

3. A

cade

mic

ora

l pr

esen

tatio

n 40

%

Tota

l 10

0%

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of

the

asse

ssm

ent m

etho

ds in

ass

essi

ng th

e in

tend

ed

lear

ning

out

com

es:

In o

rder

for s

tude

nts

to p

rese

nt a

n ef

fect

ive

acad

emic

ora

l pre

sent

atio

n w

ith re

fere

nce

to

sour

ces i

n A

sses

smen

t 1, t

hey

will

nee

d to

read

and

em

ploy

a v

arie

ty o

f sou

rces

(ref

. LO

s (a

) an

d (b

)).

Ass

essm

ent 2

dem

onst

rate

s ac

hiev

emen

t of

LO (

b) f

or s

tude

nts

to p

lan,

w

rite

and

revi

se a

sho

rt ac

adem

ic te

xt. A

sses

smen

t 3 n

eces

sita

tes

achi

evem

ent o

f all

LOs

in o

rder

to w

rite

an e

ffect

ive

acad

emic

exp

osito

ry e

ssay

with

refe

renc

e to

sour

ces.

In a

dditi

on t

o th

ese

asse

ssm

ents

, st

uden

ts a

re r

equi

red

to c

ompl

ete

furth

er l

angu

age

train

ing,

thr

ough

web

-bas

ed l

angu

age

wor

k, r

eadi

ng t

asks

and

onl

ine

refle

ctio

ns.

The

addi

tiona

l la

ngua

ge t

rain

ing

offe

red

in o

nlin

e ta

sks

is a

ligne

d w

ith a

ll th

e th

ree

LOs.

Th

ey re

quire

stu

dent

s to

crit

ical

ly re

ad a

nd s

umm

aris

e in

form

atio

n co

ntai

ned

in a

var

iety

of

sour

ces,

as re

quire

d in

LO

s (a)

and

(b).

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

39 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

78 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

17 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s C

ours

e m

ater

ial

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre

Reco

mm

ende

d re

fere

nces

B

oyle

, J.

& B

oyle

, L.

(19

98).

Com

mon

Spo

ken

Engl

ish

Erro

rs i

n H

ong

Kon

g. H

ong

Kon

g: L

ongm

an.

Hun

g, T

. T. N

. (20

05).

Und

erst

andi

ng E

nglis

h gr

amm

ar: A

cou

rse

book

for

C

hine

se le

arne

rs o

f Eng

lish.

Hon

g K

ong:

Hon

g K

ong

Uni

vers

ity P

ress

. M

cWho

rter,

K.

T. (

2012

). Th

e su

cces

sful

wri

ter's

han

dboo

k. (

2nd

ed.).

Bos

ton,

MA

: Lo

ngm

an.

Tem

plet

on, M

. (2

010)

. Pub

lic s

peak

ing

and

pres

enta

tions

dem

ystif

ied.

New

Yor

k, N

Y:

McG

raw

-Hill

. Zw

ier,

L. J

. (2

002)

. Bu

ildin

g ac

adem

ic v

ocab

ular

y. A

nn A

rbor

, M

I: U

nive

rsity

of

Mic

higa

n Pr

ess.

AI - 23

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Su

bjec

t Cod

e EL

C10

08

Subj

ect T

itle

Uni

vers

ity E

nglis

h fo

r Hig

her D

iplo

ma

Stud

ents

II

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Pre-

requ

isite

: ELC

1007

Uni

vers

ity E

nglis

h fo

r Hig

her D

iplo

ma

Stud

ents

I

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

hel

p hi

gher

dip

lom

a st

uden

ts e

nter

ing

with

HK

DSE

Eng

lish

Lang

uage

Lev

el 2

to

stud

y ef

fect

ivel

y in

an

Engl

ish

med

ium

ter

tiary

lea

rnin

g en

viro

nmen

t, an

d to

enh

ance

the

ir pr

ofic

ienc

y an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n sk

ills

in

Engl

ish.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

: a.

pla

n, w

rite

and

revi

se d

iscu

rsiv

e es

says

and

repo

rts

b. r

efer

to

sour

ces

in w

ritte

n te

xts

by u

sing

sum

mar

isin

g, p

arap

hras

ing

and

synt

hesi

sing

skill

s c.

use

app

ropr

iate

ver

bal

and

non-

verb

al s

kills

in

spok

en c

omm

unic

atio

n in

a

grou

p co

ntex

t To

ach

ieve

the

abo

ve o

utco

mes

, st

uden

ts a

re e

xpec

ted

to u

se l

angu

age

and

text

st

ruct

ure

appr

opria

te t

o th

e co

ntex

t, se

lect

inf

orm

atio

n cr

itica

lly,

and

pres

ent

info

rmat

ion

logi

cally

and

coh

eren

tly.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1. W

ritte

n co

mm

unic

atio

n Fu

rther

dev

elop

ing

the

abili

ty o

f w

ritin

g su

ccin

ct to

pic

sent

ence

s an

d em

ploy

ing

appr

opria

te s

trate

gies

for p

arag

raph

dev

elop

men

t; us

ing

findi

ngs

to w

rite

effe

ctiv

e re

ports

with

cle

ar r

ecom

men

datio

ns a

nd c

oncl

usio

ns;

taki

ng e

ffect

ive

note

s fr

om

writ

ten

and

spok

en s

ourc

es; f

urth

er d

evel

opin

g th

e sk

ills

need

ed f

or e

ffect

ive

use

of s

ourc

es i

n w

ritte

n te

xts;

fur

ther

ext

endi

ng c

oher

ence

and

coh

esio

n in

writ

ing;

re

visi

ng a

nd p

roof

read

ing

effe

ctiv

ely.

2.

Spo

ken

com

mun

icat

ion

Furth

er d

evel

opin

g th

e ve

rbal

and

non

-ver

bal

stra

tegi

es i

n or

al i

nter

actio

ns;

deve

lopi

ng a

nd a

pply

ing

criti

cal t

hink

ing

skill

s to

disc

ussi

ons o

f iss

ues.

3. L

angu

age

deve

lopm

ent

Furth

er i

mpr

ovin

g an

d ex

tend

ing

rele

vant

fea

ture

s of

gra

mm

ar,

voca

bula

ry a

nd

pron

unci

atio

n; e

xten

ding

app

ropr

iate

read

ing

and

liste

ning

skill

s.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

a c

ombi

natio

n of

sem

inar

, se

lf-ac

cess

wor

k an

d on

line

lear

ning

. Fo

llow

ing

a bl

ende

d de

liver

y ap

proa

ch, a

ctiv

ities

incl

ude

teac

her

inpu

t as

wel

l as

in-

and

out

-of-

clas

s w

ork

and

onlin

e le

arni

ng.

Stud

ents

mak

e us

e of

el

earn

ing

reso

urce

s to

fur

ther

im

prov

e th

eir

prof

icie

ncy

and

acad

emic

Eng

lish

skill

s.

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre a

re u

sed

thro

ugho

ut

the

cour

se.

Stud

ents

will

be

refe

rred

to le

arni

ng r

esou

rces

on

the

Inte

rnet

and

in

the

ELC

’s C

entre

for

Ind

epen

dent

Lan

guag

e Le

arni

ng.

Add

ition

al r

efer

ence

m

ater

ials

will

be

reco

mm

ende

d as

requ

ired.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

wei

ghtin

g In

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es to

be

asse

ssed

a b

c

1. R

epor

t with

refe

renc

e to

fin

ding

s and

sour

ces

30%

2. E

xten

ded

acad

emic

es

say

30%

3. G

roup

dis

cuss

ion

40%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Ass

essm

ents

1an

d 2

nece

ssita

te a

chie

vem

ent

of L

Os

(a)

and

(b)

in o

rder

for

st

uden

ts t

o w

rite

an e

ffect

ive

exte

nded

ess

ay a

nd r

epor

t. A

sses

smen

t 3

requ

ires

stud

ents

to d

emon

stra

te th

eir a

chie

vem

ent o

f LO

(c).

In a

dditi

on to

thes

e as

sess

men

ts, s

tude

nts a

re re

quire

d to

com

plet

e fu

rther

lang

uage

tra

inin

g, th

roug

h w

eb-b

ased

lan

guag

e w

ork,

rea

ding

task

s an

d on

line

refle

ctio

ns.

The

addi

tiona

l lan

guag

e tra

inin

g of

fere

d in

onl

ine

task

s is a

ligne

d w

ith a

ll th

e th

ree

LOs.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

39 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

78 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

17 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s C

ours

e m

ater

ial

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre

Reco

mm

ende

d re

fere

nces

B

ullo

ck, R

. & W

einb

erg,

F. (

2001

). Th

e lit

tle s

eagu

ll ha

ndbo

ok. N

ew Y

ork,

N.Y

.: W

.W. N

orto

n &

Co.

En

gleb

erg,

I. (2

013)

. Thi

nk: P

ublic

spea

king

. Bos

ton,

MA

: Pea

rson

. H

ung,

T.

T. N

. (2

005)

. U

nder

stan

ding

Eng

lish

gram

mar

: a

cour

se b

ook

for

Chi

nese

lear

ners

of E

nglis

h. H

ong

Kon

g: H

ong

Kon

g U

nive

rsity

Pre

ss.

Park

er, G

. M. &

Hof

fman

, R. (

2006

). M

eetin

g ex

celle

nce:

33

tool

s to

lead

mee

tings

th

at g

et re

sults

. San

Fra

ncis

co, C

A: J

osse

y-B

ass.

AI - 24

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Su

bjec

t Cod

e EL

C10

11

Subj

ect T

itle

Prac

tical

Eng

lish

for U

nive

rsity

Stu

dies

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

dev

elop

and

enh

ance

stu

dent

s’ ge

nera

l pr

ofic

ienc

y an

d co

mm

unic

atio

n sk

ills

in E

nglis

h.

A s

trong

foc

us w

ill b

e gi

ven

to e

nhan

cing

co

mpe

tenc

e an

d co

nfid

ence

in g

ram

mar

, voc

abul

ary,

pro

nunc

iatio

n an

d flu

ency

.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

: a.

use

a v

arie

ty o

f stra

tegi

es to

com

preh

end

mea

ning

and

mes

sage

s of

a r

ange

of

writ

ten

and

spok

en te

xts

b. o

rgan

ise

and

writ

e ac

cura

te a

nd c

oher

ent s

hort

text

s c.

use

app

ropr

iate

ver

bal s

kills

in sp

oken

com

mun

icat

ion

To

ach

ieve

the

abo

ve o

utco

mes

, st

uden

ts a

re e

xpec

ted

to u

se l

angu

age

and

text

st

ruct

ure

appr

opria

te to

the

cont

ext,

sele

ct in

form

atio

n cr

itica

lly, a

nd p

rese

nt th

eir

view

s log

ical

ly a

nd c

oher

ently

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1. W

ritte

n co

mm

unic

atio

n En

hanc

ing

the

use

of

accu

rate

an

d ap

prop

riate

gr

amm

atic

al

stru

ctur

es

and

voca

bula

ry fo

r var

ious

com

mun

icat

ive

purp

oses

; im

prov

ing

the

abili

ty to

org

anis

e w

ritte

n te

xts l

ogic

ally

; and

impr

ovin

g co

hesi

on a

nd c

oher

ence

in w

ritin

g.

2. S

poke

n co

mm

unic

atio

n D

evel

opin

g ve

rbal

and

non

-ver

bal i

nter

actio

n st

rate

gies

app

ropr

iate

to th

e co

ntex

t an

d le

vel o

f for

mal

ity.

3. R

eadi

ng a

nd li

sten

ing

U

nder

stan

ding

the

con

tent

and

stru

ctur

e of

inf

orm

atio

n de

liver

ed i

n w

ritte

n an

d sp

oken

text

s; d

evel

opin

g ef

fect

ive

read

ing

and

liste

ning

stra

tegi

es; a

nd u

sing

stu

dy

tool

s suc

h as

dic

tiona

ries t

o ob

tain

lexi

cal a

nd p

hono

logi

cal i

nfor

mat

ion.

4.

Lan

guag

e de

velo

pmen

t Im

prov

ing

and

exte

ndin

g re

leva

nt f

eatu

res

of g

ram

mar

, voc

abul

ary,

pro

nunc

iatio

n an

d flu

ency

.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

prim

arily

sem

inar

-bas

ed.

Fol

low

ing

a bl

ende

d de

liver

y ap

proa

ch, a

ctiv

ities

incl

ude

teac

her i

nput

as

wel

l as

in- a

nd o

ut-o

f-cl

ass

indi

vidu

al

and

grou

p w

ork

invo

lvin

g dr

aftin

g of

text

s, in

form

atio

n se

arch

, min

i-pre

sent

atio

ns

and

disc

ussi

ons.

Stu

dent

s w

ill m

ake

use

of e

lear

ning

res

ourc

es a

nd w

eb-b

ased

w

ork

to im

prov

e th

eir g

ram

mar

and

voc

abul

ary,

and

oth

er la

ngua

ge sk

ills.

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre a

re u

sed

thro

ugho

ut

the

cour

se.

Stud

ents

will

be

refe

rred

to le

arni

ng r

esou

rces

on

the

Inte

rnet

and

in

the

ELC

’s C

entre

for

Ind

epen

dent

Lan

guag

e Le

arni

ng.

Add

ition

al r

efer

ence

m

ater

ials

will

be

reco

mm

ende

d as

requ

ired.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

wei

ghtin

g In

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es to

be

asse

ssed

a b

c

1. In

-cla

ss g

ram

mar

and

vo

cabu

lary

test

s 25

%

2. O

ral a

sses

smen

t 40

%

3. W

ritin

g as

sess

men

t 35

%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

in-c

lass

test

s, w

hich

ass

ess s

tude

nts’

gram

mar

and

voc

abul

ary

and

thei

r abi

lity,

ne

cess

itate

ach

ieve

men

t of L

Os (

a) a

nd (b

). T

he o

ral a

sses

smen

t ass

esse

s stu

dent

s’ ab

ility

to

spea

k ac

cura

tely

, app

ropr

iate

ly a

nd c

onfid

ently

. St

uden

ts w

ill n

eed

to

rese

arch

a t

opic

, org

anis

e in

form

atio

n fr

om a

var

iety

of

sour

ces,

and

pres

ent t

he

info

rmat

ion

as

a di

gita

l st

ory

(ref

. LO

s (a

) an

d (c

)).

Th

e w

ritin

g as

sess

men

t eva

luat

es

stud

ents

' ab

ility

w

rite

a lo

nger

te

xt

in

accu

rate

an

d ap

prop

riate

gra

mm

atic

al st

ruct

ures

(ref

. Los

(a) a

nd (b

)).

In a

dditi

on to

thes

e as

sess

men

ts, s

tude

nts a

re re

quire

d to

com

plet

e fu

rther

lang

uage

tra

inin

g th

roug

h w

eb-b

ased

lan

guag

e w

ork.

Th

e ad

ditio

nal

lang

uage

tra

inin

g of

fere

d in

onl

ine

task

s is

alig

ned

with

all

the

thre

e LO

s an

d co

rres

pond

s to

thei

r le

arni

ng in

cla

ss.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ar

39 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

Se

lf-st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

78 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

11

7 H

rs.

AI - 25

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s C

ours

e m

ater

ial

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre

Reco

mm

ende

d re

fere

nces

B

oyle

, J.

& B

oyle

, L.

(19

98).

Com

mon

Spo

ken

Engl

ish

Erro

rs i

n H

ong

Kon

g.

Hon

g K

ong:

Lon

gman

. B

rann

an, B

. (20

03).

A w

rite

r’s w

orks

hop:

Cra

fting

par

agra

phs,

build

ing

essa

ys.

Bos

ton:

McG

raw

-Hill

. H

anco

ck,

M.

(200

3).

Engl

ish

pron

unci

atio

n in

us

e.

Cam

brid

ge:

Cam

brid

ge

Uni

vers

ity P

ress

. N

ettle

, M. a

nd H

opki

ns, D

. (20

03).

Dev

elop

ing

gram

mar

in c

onte

xt: I

nter

med

iate

. C

ambr

idge

: Cam

brid

ge U

nive

rsity

Pre

ss.

Red

man

, S. (

2003

). En

glis

h vo

cabu

lary

in u

se: P

re-in

term

edia

te a

nd in

term

edia

te.

Cam

brid

ge: C

ambr

idge

Uni

vers

ity P

ress

.

AI - 26

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ELC

1012

/ELC

1013

Subj

ect T

itle

Engl

ish

for U

nive

rsity

Stu

dies

(Thi

s sub

ject

will

be

offe

red

in tw

o ve

rsio

ns fo

r stu

dent

s who

will

prim

arily

be

usin

g (1

) A

PA/H

arva

rd r

efer

enci

ng s

tyle

s or

(2)

IEE

E/Va

ncou

ver

refe

renc

ing

styl

es i

n th

eir

univ

ersi

ty st

udie

s.)

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Stud

ents

ent

erin

g th

e U

nive

rsity

with

Lev

el 5

from

the

HK

DSE

will

be

exem

pted

from

th

is su

bjec

t. Th

ey c

an p

roce

ed to

Adv

ance

d En

glis

h fo

r Uni

vers

ity S

tudi

es (E

LC10

14).

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

hel

p st

uden

ts s

tudy

effe

ctiv

ely

in th

e U

nive

rsity

’s E

nglis

h m

ediu

m

lear

ning

env

ironm

ent,

and

to im

prov

e an

d de

velo

p th

eir

Engl

ish

lang

uage

pro

ficie

ncy

with

in a

fram

ewor

k of

uni

vers

ity st

udy

cont

exts

.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(N

ote

1)

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

a.

refe

r to

sour

ces i

n w

ritte

n te

xts a

nd o

ral p

rese

ntat

ions

b.

pa

raph

rase

and

sum

mar

ise

mat

eria

ls fr

om w

ritte

n an

d sp

oken

sour

ces

c.

plan

, writ

e an

d re

vise

exp

osito

ry e

ssay

s with

refe

renc

es to

sour

ces

d.

deliv

er e

ffect

ive

oral

pre

sent

atio

ns

To a

chie

ve th

e ab

ove

outc

omes

, stu

dent

s ar

e ex

pect

ed to

use

lang

uage

and

text

stru

ctur

e ap

prop

riate

to th

e co

ntex

t, se

lect

info

rmat

ion

criti

cally

, and

pre

sent

info

rmat

ion

logi

cally

an

d co

here

ntly

.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

(Not

e 2)

1. W

ritte

n co

mm

unic

atio

n A

naly

sing

and

pra

ctis

ing

com

mon

writ

ing

func

tions

; im

prov

ing

the

abili

ty o

f w

ritin

g to

pic

sent

ence

s an

d st

rate

gies

for

par

agra

ph d

evel

opm

ent;

unde

rsta

ndin

g co

mm

on

patte

rns

of o

rgan

isat

ion

in e

xpos

itory

writ

ing;

tak

ing

note

s fr

om w

ritte

n an

d sp

oken

so

urce

s; p

ract

isin

gsum

mar

isin

g an

d pa

raph

rasi

ng s

kills

; im

prov

ing

cohe

renc

e an

d co

hesi

on in

writ

ing;

dev

elop

ing

revi

sion

and

pro

ofre

adin

g sk

ills.

2.Sp

oken

com

mun

icat

ion

Rec

ogni

sing

th

e pu

rpos

es

of

and

diffe

renc

es

betw

een

spok

en

and

writ

ten

com

mun

icat

ion

in E

nglis

h in

uni

vers

ity s

tudy

con

text

s; i

dent

ifyin

g an

d pr

actis

ing

the

verb

al a

nd n

on-v

erba

l in

tera

ctio

n st

rate

gies

in

oral

pre

sent

atio

ns;

deve

lopi

ng a

nd

appl

ying

crit

ical

thin

king

skill

s to

disc

ussi

ons o

f iss

ues.

3.

Lang

uage

dev

elop

men

t Im

prov

ing

and

exte

ndin

g re

leva

nt fe

atur

es o

f gra

mm

ar, v

ocab

ular

y an

d pr

onun

ciat

ion.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

(Not

e 3)

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

prim

arily

sem

inar

-bas

ed.

Follo

win

g a

blen

ded

deliv

ery

appr

oach

, ac

tiviti

es in

clud

e te

ache

r inp

ut a

s wel

l as i

n- a

nd o

ut-o

f-cl

ass i

ndiv

idua

l and

gro

up w

ork

invo

lvin

g dr

aftin

g an

d ev

alua

ting

text

s, m

ini-p

rese

ntat

ions

, dis

cuss

ions

and

sim

ulat

ions

. Th

e pr

oces

s ap

proa

ch t

o w

ritin

g is

ado

pted

, an

d st

uden

ts m

ake

use

of e

lear

ning

re

sour

ces t

o en

gage

in a

cade

mic

dis

cuss

ions

and

to re

flect

on

thei

r lea

rnin

g.

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre a

re u

sed

thro

ugho

ut th

e co

urse

. St

uden

ts w

ill b

e re

ferr

ed to

lear

ning

reso

urce

s on

the

Inte

rnet

and

in th

e EL

C’s

C

entre

for

Ind

epen

dent

Lan

guag

e Le

arni

ng.

Add

ition

al r

efer

ence

mat

eria

ls w

ill b

e re

com

men

ded

as re

quire

d.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

(Not

e 4)

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

wei

ghtin

g In

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c d

1. A

cade

mic

ess

ay 1

30

%

2. A

cade

mic

ess

ay 2

30

%

3. O

ral p

rese

ntat

ion

40%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

:

Ass

essm

ents

1 a

nd 2

nec

essi

tate

ach

ieve

men

t of L

Os (

a), (

b) a

nd (c

) in

orde

r to

writ

e an

ef

fect

ive

acad

emic

ess

ay v

ia t

he p

roce

ss o

f ex

tend

ing

and

impr

ovin

g th

e es

say

for

asse

ssm

ent 1

. In

orde

r for

stu

dent

s to

pre

sent

an

effe

ctiv

e ac

adem

ic o

ral p

rese

ntat

ion,

as

dem

ande

d in

ass

essm

ent 3

, the

y w

ill n

eed

to re

ad, n

ote

and

synt

hesi

se fr

om a

var

iety

of

sour

ces,

and

refe

r to

thos

e so

urce

s in

thei

r pre

sent

atio

n (r

ef. L

Os (

a), (

b) a

nd (d

)).

In a

dditi

on t

o th

ese

asse

ssm

ents

, st

uden

ts a

re r

equi

red

to c

ompl

ete

furth

er l

angu

age

train

ing,

thro

ugh

web

-bas

ed la

ngua

ge w

ork,

rea

ding

task

s an

d on

line

refle

ctio

ns.

The

addi

tiona

l lan

guag

e tra

inin

g of

fere

d in

onl

ine

task

s is

alig

ned

with

all

the

four

LO

s. In

so

me

of th

e ta

sks,

stud

ents

to c

ritic

ally

read

and

sum

mar

ise

info

rmat

ion

cont

aine

d in

a

varie

ty o

f sou

rces

, as r

equi

red

in L

Os (

a) a

nd (b

).

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

39 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

78 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

17 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s C

ours

e m

ater

ial

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre

Reco

mm

ende

d re

fere

nces

C

omfo

rt, J

. (2

001)

. Ef

fect

ive

pres

enta

tions

. O

xfor

d: C

orne

lsen

& O

xfor

d U

nive

rsity

Pr

ess.

Hun

g, T

. T.

N. (

2005

). U

nder

stan

ding

Eng

lish

gram

mar

: A

cour

se b

ook

for

Chi

nese

le

arne

rs o

f Eng

lish.

Hon

g K

ong:

Hon

g K

ong

Uni

vers

ity P

ress

. M

cWho

rter,

K.

T. (

2012

). Th

e su

cces

sful

wri

ter's

han

dboo

k. (

2nd

ed.).

Bos

ton:

Lo

ngm

an.

Zwie

r, L.

J.

(200

2).

Build

ing

acad

emic

voc

abul

ary.

Ann

Arb

or,

MI:

Uni

vers

ity o

f M

ichi

gan

Pres

s.

AI - 27

Not

e 1:

Int

ende

d Le

arni

ng O

utco

mes

In

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

sho

uld

stat

e w

hat s

tude

nts

shou

ld b

e ab

le to

do

or a

ttain

upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect.

Subj

ect

outc

omes

are

exp

ecte

d to

con

tribu

te to

the

atta

inm

ent o

f the

ove

rall

prog

ram

me

outc

omes

.

Not

e 2:

Sub

ject

Syn

opsi

s/ In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

The

sylla

bus

shou

ld a

dequ

atel

y ad

dres

s th

e in

tend

ed l

earn

ing

outc

omes

. A

t th

e sa

me

time

over

-cro

wdi

ng o

f th

e sy

llabu

s sh

ould

be

avoi

ded.

N

ote

3: T

each

ing/

Lear

ning

Met

hodo

logy

Th

is s

ectio

n sh

ould

incl

ude

a br

ief d

escr

iptio

n of

the

teac

hing

and

lear

ning

met

hods

to b

e em

ploy

ed to

faci

litat

e le

arni

ng, a

nd

a ju

stifi

catio

n of

how

the

met

hods

are

alig

ned

with

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es o

f the

subj

ect.

N

ote

4: A

sses

smen

t Met

hod

This

sec

tion

shou

ld in

clud

e th

e as

sess

men

t met

hod(

s) to

be

used

and

its

rela

tive

wei

ghtin

g, a

nd in

dica

te w

hich

of t

he s

ubje

ct

inte

nded

lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es t

hat

each

met

hod

purp

orts

to

asse

ss.

It sh

ould

als

o pr

ovid

e a

brie

f ex

plan

atio

n of

the

ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es.

AI - 28

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

ELC

1014

Subj

ect T

itle

Adv

ance

d En

glis

h fo

r Uni

vers

ity S

tudi

es

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

1

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Pre-

requ

isite

: Eng

lish

for U

nive

rsity

Stu

dies

(ELC

1012

/ELC

1013

) (u

nles

s exe

mpt

ed)

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

hel

p st

uden

ts s

tudy

effe

ctiv

ely

in t

he U

nive

rsity

’s E

nglis

h m

ediu

m l

earn

ing

envi

ronm

ent,

and

to i

mpr

ove

and

deve

lop

thei

r En

glis

h la

ngua

ge

prof

icie

ncy

with

in a

fram

ewor

k of

uni

vers

ity st

udy

cont

exts

.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(N

ote

1)

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

:

a. u

se a

cade

mic

sour

ces a

ppro

pria

tely

and

effe

ctiv

ely

b.

pl

an, w

rite

and

revi

se p

ositi

on a

rgum

ent e

ssay

s (i.

e. o

ne-s

ided

dis

curs

ive

essa

ys)

with

app

ropr

iate

refe

renc

ing;

and

c.

pre

sent

vie

ws e

ffect

ivel

y an

d cr

itica

lly in

spok

en c

omm

unic

atio

n To a

chie

ve t

he a

bove

out

com

es,

stud

ents

are

exp

ecte

d to

use

lan

guag

e an

d te

xt

stru

ctur

e ap

prop

riate

to

the

cont

ext,

sele

ct i

nfor

mat

ion

criti

cally

, an

d pr

esen

t an

d su

ppor

t sta

nce

and

opin

ion

logi

cally

and

per

suas

ivel

y.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

(Not

e 2)

1. W

ritte

n co

mm

unic

atio

n D

evel

opin

g lo

gica

l an

d pe

rsua

sive

arg

umen

ts;

appl

ying

a v

arie

ty o

f or

gani

satio

n pa

ttern

s in

dis

curs

ive

writ

ing,

inc

ludi

ng t

he w

ritin

g of

exp

lana

tory

and

eva

luat

ive

text

s; s

elec

ting

info

rmat

ion

criti

cally

; su

ppor

ting

stan

ce;

mai

ntai

ning

coh

esio

n an

d co

here

nce

in d

iscu

rsiv

e w

ritin

g; a

chie

ving

app

ropr

iate

styl

e an

d to

ne.

2. S

poke

n co

mm

unic

atio

n En

hanc

ing

and

prac

tisin

g th

e sp

ecifi

c or

al a

nd a

ural

ski

lls r

equi

red

to p

artic

ipat

e ef

fect

ivel

y in

aca

dem

ic d

iscu

ssio

ns a

nd t

o pr

esen

t vi

ews

in a

for

mal

aca

dem

ic

cont

ext.

3. R

eadi

ng a

nd li

sten

ing

Und

erst

andi

ng t

he c

onte

nt a

nd s

truct

ure

of i

nfor

mat

ion

in o

ral

and

writ

ten

text

s;

com

preh

endi

ng, i

nfer

ring

and

eval

uatin

g m

essa

ges a

nd a

ttitu

de.

4. L

angu

age

deve

lopm

ent

Impr

ovin

g an

d ex

tend

ing

rele

vant

feat

ures

of g

ram

mar

, voc

abul

ary

and

pron

unci

atio

n.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

(Not

e 3)

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

prim

arily

sem

inar

-bas

ed.

Fol

low

ing

a bl

ende

d de

liver

y ap

proa

ch, a

ctiv

ities

incl

ude

teac

her i

nput

as w

ell a

s in-

and

out

-of-

clas

s ind

ivid

ual a

nd

grou

p w

ork

invo

lvin

g dr

aftin

g an

d ev

alua

ting

text

s, m

ini-p

rese

ntat

ions

, di

scus

sion

s an

d si

mul

atio

ns.

The

proc

ess

appr

oach

to w

ritin

g is

ado

pted

, and

stu

dent

s m

ake

use

of e

lear

ning

res

ourc

es t

o en

gage

in

acad

emic

dis

cuss

ions

and

to

refle

ct o

n th

eir

lear

ning

. Le

arni

ng m

ater

ials

dev

elop

ed b

y th

e En

glis

h La

ngua

ge C

entre

are

use

d th

roug

hout

th

e co

urse

. St

uden

ts w

ill b

e re

ferr

ed to

lear

ning

res

ourc

es o

n th

e In

tern

et a

nd in

the

ELC

’s C

entre

for

Ind

epen

dent

Lan

guag

e Le

arni

ng.

Add

ition

al r

efer

ence

mat

eria

ls

will

be

reco

mm

ende

d as

requ

ired.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(N

ote

4)

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

subj

ect l

earn

ing

outc

omes

to b

e as

sess

ed

a b

c

1. P

ositi

on A

rgum

ent E

ssay

(d

raft)

20

%

2. P

ositi

on A

rgum

ent E

ssay

(f

inal

) 45

%

3. A

cade

mic

pre

sent

atio

n &

di

scus

sion

35

%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

Ass

essm

ents

1 a

nd 2

ass

ess

the

stud

ents

’ abi

litie

s in

pro

duci

ng a

coh

eren

t aca

dem

ic

text

whi

ch r

equi

res

effe

ctiv

e us

e an

d re

fere

ncin

g of

sou

rces

(re

f. LO

s (a

) an

d (b

)).

Ass

essm

ent 3

ass

esse

s th

eir

abili

ties

to p

lan

and

pres

ent t

heir

idea

s, in

two

diffe

rent

ac

adem

ic c

onte

xts (

ref.

LOs (

a) a

nd (c

)).

In a

dditi

on to

thes

e as

sess

men

ts, s

tude

nts

are

requ

ired

to c

ompl

ete

furth

er la

ngua

ge

train

ing

thro

ugh

wor

king

on

thei

r ePo

rtfol

io th

roug

hout

the

cour

se.

This

will

invo

lve

stud

ents

in

read

ing

text

s an

d su

bseq

uent

onl

ine

writ

ing

and

disc

ussi

on t

hat

will

pa

ralle

l the

pro

cess

writ

ing

appr

oach

invo

lved

in a

sses

smen

ts 1

and

2, a

nd a

lign

with

al

l thr

ee L

Os.

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

39 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

78 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

17 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s C

ours

e m

ater

ial

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre

Reco

mm

ende

d re

fere

nces

Fa

igle

y, L

. (2

008)

. B

ackp

ack

writ

ing:

Ref

lect

ing,

arg

uing

, in

form

ing,

ana

lyzi

ng,

eval

uatin

g. N

ew Y

ork,

NY

: Pea

rson

/Lon

gman

. M

adde

n, C

. and

Roh

lck,

T.

N.

(199

7).

Dis

cuss

ion

and

inte

ract

ion

in t

he a

cade

mic

co

mm

unity

. Ann

Arb

or, M

I: U

nive

rsity

of M

ichi

gan

Pres

s.

Osh

ima,

A. &

Hog

ue, A

. (20

06).

Wri

ting

acad

emic

Eng

lish

(4th

ed.

). W

hite

Pla

ins,

NY

: Pea

rson

/Lon

gman

. R

einh

art,

S. M

. (20

02).

Giv

ing

acad

emic

pre

sent

atio

ns. A

nn A

rbor

, MI:

Uni

vers

ity o

f M

ichi

gan

Pres

s.

Woo

d, N

. V.

(20

09).

Pers

pect

ives

on

argu

men

t (6

th e

d).

Upp

er S

addl

e R

iver

, N

J:

Pear

son/

Pren

tice

Hal

l.

AI - 29

Not

e 1:

Int

ende

d Le

arni

ng O

utco

mes

In

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

sho

uld

stat

e w

hat s

tude

nts

shou

ld b

e ab

le to

do

or a

ttain

upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect.

Subj

ect

outc

omes

are

exp

ecte

d to

con

tribu

te to

the

atta

inm

ent o

f the

ove

rall

prog

ram

me

outc

omes

.

Not

e 2:

Sub

ject

Syn

opsi

s/ In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

The

sylla

bus

shou

ld a

dequ

atel

y ad

dres

s th

e in

tend

ed l

earn

ing

outc

omes

. A

t th

e sa

me

time

over

-cro

wdi

ng o

f th

e sy

llabu

s sh

ould

be

avoi

ded.

N

ote

3: T

each

ing/

Lear

ning

Met

hodo

logy

Th

is s

ectio

n sh

ould

incl

ude

a br

ief d

escr

iptio

n of

the

teac

hing

and

lear

ning

met

hods

to b

e em

ploy

ed to

faci

litat

e le

arni

ng, a

nd

a ju

stifi

catio

n of

how

the

met

hods

are

alig

ned

with

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es o

f the

subj

ect.

N

ote

4: A

sses

smen

t Met

hod

This

sec

tion

shou

ld in

clud

e th

e as

sess

men

t met

hod(

s) to

be

used

and

its

rela

tive

wei

ghtin

g, a

nd in

dica

te w

hich

of t

he s

ubje

ct

inte

nded

lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es t

hat

each

met

hod

purp

orts

to

asse

ss.

It sh

ould

als

o pr

ovid

e a

brie

f ex

plan

atio

n of

the

ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es.

AI - 30

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Su

bjec

t Cod

e EL

C20

11

Subj

ect T

itle

Adv

ance

d En

glis

h R

eadi

ng a

nd W

ritin

g Sk

ills

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Pre-

requ

isite

: Adv

ance

d En

glis

h fo

r Uni

vers

ity S

tudi

es (E

LC10

14)

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

hel

p st

uden

ts b

ecom

e m

ore

effe

ctiv

e re

ader

s. I

t fo

cuse

s on

de

velo

ping

stud

ents

’ fac

ility

to re

ad a

var

iety

of t

exts

in a

crit

ical

man

ner,

and

to b

e ab

le

to d

iscu

ss th

e st

ance

of t

he w

riter

as w

ell a

s the

ir ow

n re

flect

ive

resp

onse

to a

text

.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

exa

min

e a

varie

ty o

f te

xts,

incl

udin

g lit

erar

y te

xts,

and:

a. i

dent

ify s

alie

nt i

deas

and

im

plic

atio

ns,

and

dist

ingu

ish

unsu

ppor

ted

clai

ms

from

su

ppor

ted

ones

, and

falla

cies

from

val

id a

rgum

ents

b.

pro

duce

crit

ical

or

inte

rpre

tativ

e te

xts

whi

ch d

iscu

ss a

nd e

valu

ate

text

s an

d w

riter

po

sitio

ns

c. w

rite

and

disc

uss c

ritic

al re

spon

ses t

o va

rious

text

s To

ach

ieve

the

abov

e ou

tcom

es, s

tude

nts a

re e

xpec

ted

to u

se la

ngua

ge a

nd te

xt s

truct

ure

appr

opria

te to

the

cont

ext,

sele

ct in

form

atio

n cr

itica

lly, a

nd p

rese

nt a

nd s

uppo

rt st

ance

an

d op

inio

n.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

1. R

eadi

ng st

rate

gies

R

eadi

ng

inte

nsiv

ely

to

inve

stig

ate

a pa

rticu

lar

topi

c an

d de

velo

p an

in

-dep

th

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

is

sues

an

d st

ance

s;

read

ing

criti

cally

to

ex

tract

im

plic

atio

ns,

dist

ingu

ish

fact

from

opi

nion

and

falla

cies

from

val

id a

rgum

ents

, and

to id

entif

y w

riter

s’ as

sum

ptio

ns a

nd p

urpo

ses;

ana

lysi

ng i

ssue

s ra

ised

in

text

s w

ritte

n fr

om d

iffer

ent

pers

pect

ives

, in

clud

ing

liter

ary

text

s; r

eadi

ng e

xten

sive

ly t

o ap

prec

iate

the

use

of

lang

uage

, acq

uire

info

rmat

ion,

pro

mot

e un

ders

tand

ing

and

deve

lop

empa

thy.

2.

Writ

ing

stra

tegi

es

Pres

entin

g vi

ews

and

argu

men

ts t

o ed

ucat

ed r

eade

rs;

desc

ribin

g an

d an

alys

ing

the

stru

ctur

e, m

eani

ng a

nd c

hara

cter

istic

s of a

var

iety

of t

exts

; dis

cuss

ing

writ

er in

tent

ions

.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

prim

arily

sem

inar

-bas

ed.

Follo

win

g a

blen

ded

lear

ning

app

roac

h,

activ

ities

incl

ude

teac

her i

nput

as w

ell a

s in-

and

out

-of-

clas

s ind

ivid

ual a

nd g

roup

wor

k in

volv

ing

draf

ting

and

eval

uatin

g te

xts,

min

i-pre

sent

atio

ns a

nd d

iscu

ssio

ns.

The

pr

oces

s ap

proa

ch to

writ

ing

is a

dopt

ed, a

nd s

tude

nts

mak

e us

e of

ele

arni

ng re

sour

ces

to

enga

ge in

aca

dem

ic d

iscu

ssio

ns a

nd to

refle

ct o

n th

eir l

earn

ing.

Le

arni

ng m

ater

ials

dev

elop

ed b

y th

e En

glis

h La

ngua

ge C

entre

are

use

d th

roug

hout

the

cour

se.

Stud

ents

will

be

refe

rred

to le

arni

ng re

sour

ces

on th

e In

tern

et a

nd in

the

ELC

’s

Cen

tre f

or I

ndep

ende

nt L

angu

age

Lear

ning

. A

dditi

onal

ref

eren

ce m

ater

ials

will

be

reco

mm

ende

d as

requ

ired.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

wei

ghtin

g In

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es to

be

asse

ssed

a b

c

1. R

efle

ctiv

e w

ritin

g 20

%

2. A

naly

sing

text

s writ

ten

in

diffe

rent

styl

es a

nd fr

om

vario

us p

ersp

ectiv

es

40%

3. W

ritin

g a

feat

ure

artic

le

40%

Tota

l 10

0%

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

: A

sses

smen

t 1 r

equi

res

stud

ents

to w

rite

refle

ctiv

e re

spon

ses

to te

xts

and/

or b

ooks

they

ha

ve re

ad, a

nd is

alig

ned

with

LO

(c).

Ass

essm

ents

2 a

nd 3

ass

ess

LO (a

) and

invo

lve

stud

ents

em

ploy

ing

effe

ctiv

e cr

itica

l rea

ding

and

thin

king

ski

lls.

Ass

essm

ent 3

requ

ires

stud

ents

to c

ondu

ct li

brar

y/on

line

sear

ch a

nd p

rodu

ce a

crit

ical

text

, thu

s in

tegr

atin

g th

e re

cept

ive

criti

cal

read

ing

skill

s w

ith t

he p

rodu

ctio

n of

a w

ritte

n te

xt w

hich

crit

ical

ly

asse

sses

the

text

s th

ey h

ave

read

. A

ll th

ree

asse

ssm

ents

ass

ess

stud

ents

’ abi

litie

s w

ith

rega

rd to

LO

(c) b

ut in

diff

eren

t way

s, an

d re

quire

stu

dent

s to

pre

sent

and

sup

port

thei

r in

terp

reta

tion

of th

eir r

eadi

ng.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

39 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

78 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

17 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s C

ours

e m

ater

ial

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre

Reco

mm

ende

d re

fere

nces

Bes

t, J.

(200

1).

Dam

ned

lies

and

stat

istic

s: U

ntan

glin

g nu

mbe

rs f

rom

the

med

ia,

polit

icia

ns, a

nd a

ctiv

ists

. Ber

kele

y, C

A: U

nive

rsity

of C

alifo

rnia

Pre

ss.

Coo

per,

S. &

Pat

ton,

R. (

2010

). W

ritin

g lo

gica

lly, t

hink

ing

criti

cally

. New

Yor

k, N

Y:

Long

man

. D

amer

, T.

E.

(200

9).

Atta

ckin

g fa

ulty

rea

soni

ng:

A pr

actic

al g

uide

to

falla

cy-fr

ee

argu

men

ts. B

elm

ont,

CA

: Wad

swor

th C

enga

ge L

earn

ing.

K

enne

dy, X

. J. &

Gio

ia, D

. (20

10).

Lite

ratu

re: A

n in

trodu

ctio

n to

fict

ion,

poe

try,

dram

a,

and

wri

ting

(11th

ed.

). N

ew Y

ork,

NY:

Lon

gman

. M

efca

lfe, M

. (20

06).

Read

ing

criti

cally

at u

nive

rsity

. Tho

usan

d O

aks,

CA

: Sag

e.

AI - 31

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Su

bjec

t Cod

e EL

C20

12

Subj

ect T

itle

Pers

uasi

ve C

omm

unic

atio

n

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Pre-

requ

isite

: ELC

1014

Adv

ance

d En

glis

h fo

r Uni

vers

ity S

tudi

es

Obj

ectiv

es

This

sub

ject

aim

s to

hel

p st

uden

ts b

ecom

e m

ore

pers

uasi

ve c

omm

unic

ator

s in

a v

arie

ty

of c

onte

xts t

hat t

hey

may

enc

ount

er a

t uni

vers

ity a

nd in

the

wor

kpla

ce.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(N

ote

1)

By

the

end

of t

he s

ubje

ct,

stud

ents

sho

uld

be a

ble

to c

omm

unic

ate

effe

ctiv

ely

in a

n En

glis

h-m

ediu

m e

nviro

nmen

t thr

ough

: a)

w

ritin

g pe

rsua

sive

text

s int

ende

d fo

r a v

arie

ty o

f aud

ienc

es

b) c

omm

unic

atin

g pe

rsua

sive

ly in

ora

l con

text

s c)

m

ake

pers

uasi

ve a

rgum

ents

in fo

rmal

dis

cuss

ions

To a

chie

ve th

ese,

stu

dent

s are

exp

ecte

d to

use

lang

uage

and

text

stru

ctur

e ap

prop

riate

to

the

cont

ext,

sele

ct in

form

atio

n cr

itica

lly, a

nd p

rese

nt a

nd su

ppor

t sta

nce

and

opin

ion.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

(Not

e 2)

1. P

repa

ring

for e

ffect

ive

pers

uasi

on

Ass

essi

ng t

he s

ituat

ion;

sel

ectin

g re

leva

nt c

onte

nt;

orga

nisi

ng i

deas

and

inf

orm

atio

n;

sele

ctin

g an

ap

prop

riate

to

ne,

dist

ance

an

d le

vel

of

form

ality

to

su

ppor

t th

e co

mm

unic

atio

n of

mes

sage

s. 2.

Per

suas

ion

thro

ugh

writ

ing

Dev

elop

ing

and

prac

tisin

g ap

prop

riate

lan

guag

e, t

one,

sty

le a

nd s

truct

ure;

ach

ievi

ng

cohe

sion

and

coh

eren

ce.

3. P

ersu

asio

n th

roug

h sp

eaki

ng

Dev

elop

ing

and

prac

tisin

g ap

prop

riate

ver

bal a

nd n

on-v

erba

l ski

lls f

or p

ersu

asiv

e or

al

com

mun

icat

ion;

im

prov

ing

and

exte

ndin

g re

leva

nt p

ronu

ncia

tion

feat

ures

, in

clud

ing

artic

ulat

ion,

pau

sing

, int

onat

ion,

wor

d st

ress

and

sent

ence

stre

ss.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

(Not

e 3)

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

prim

arily

sem

inar

-bas

ed.

Act

iviti

es in

clud

e te

ache

r in

put a

s w

ell

as in

divi

dual

and

gro

up w

ork

invo

lvin

g re

adin

g an

d ap

prec

iatin

g te

xts,

disc

ussi

ons

and

pres

enta

tions

of i

deas

.

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre a

re u

sed

thro

ugho

ut th

e co

urse

. St

uden

ts w

ill b

e re

ferr

ed to

lear

ning

reso

urce

s on

the

Inte

rnet

and

in th

e EL

C’s

C

entre

for

Ind

epen

dent

Lan

guag

e Le

arni

ng.

Add

ition

al r

efer

ence

mat

eria

ls w

ill b

e re

com

men

ded

as re

quire

d.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

(Not

e 4)

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

wei

ghtin

g In

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es to

be

ass

esse

d

a b

c

1. S

peec

h 30

%

2. P

ersu

asiv

e w

ritte

n te

xt

40%

3. D

ebat

e 30

%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

:

Ass

essm

ent 1

is a

n in

divi

dual

spee

ch.

Ass

essm

ent 2

con

cent

rate

s on

pers

uasi

ve w

ritin

g.

Ass

essm

ent 3

exa

min

es a

diff

eren

t asp

ect o

f per

suas

ion,

the

deba

te.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

39 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

78 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

17 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s

Requ

ired

read

ings

ELC

-pro

vide

d su

bjec

t mat

eria

ls.

Oth

er re

adin

gs

Bre

aden

, B. L

. (19

96).

Spea

king

to p

ersu

ade.

For

t Wor

th, T

X: H

arco

urt B

race

Col

lege

. C

ovin

o, W

.A. (

1998

). Th

e el

emen

ts o

f per

suas

ion.

Bos

ton:

Ally

n an

d B

acon

. Ed

war

ds, R

. E. (

2008

). C

ompe

titiv

e de

bate

: The

offi

cial

gui

de. N

ew Y

ork:

Alp

ha B

ooks

. Le

anne

, S. (

2008

). Sa

y it

like

Oba

ma:

The

pow

er o

f spe

akin

g w

ith p

urpo

se a

nd v

isio

n.

New

Yor

k: M

cGra

w H

ill.

Rog

ers,

W. (

2007

). Pe

rsua

sion

: mes

sage

s, re

ceiv

ers,

and

cont

exts

. Lan

ham

, MD

: R

owm

an &

Litt

lefie

ld P

ublis

hers

. St

iff, J

. B. (

2003

). Pe

rsua

sive

com

mun

icat

ion

(2nd

ed.

). N

ew Y

ork:

Gui

lford

Pre

ss.

Not

e 1:

Int

ende

d Le

arni

ng O

utco

mes

In

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

sho

uld

stat

e w

hat s

tude

nts

shou

ld b

e ab

le to

do

or a

ttain

upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect.

Subj

ect

outc

omes

are

exp

ecte

d to

con

tribu

te to

the

atta

inm

ent o

f the

ove

rall

prog

ram

me

outc

omes

.

Not

e 2:

Sub

ject

Syn

opsi

s/ In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

The

sylla

bus

shou

ld a

dequ

atel

y ad

dres

s th

e in

tend

ed l

earn

ing

outc

omes

. A

t th

e sa

me

time

over

-cro

wdi

ng o

f th

e sy

llabu

s sh

ould

be

avoi

ded.

N

ote

3: T

each

ing/

Lear

ning

Met

hodo

logy

Th

is s

ectio

n sh

ould

incl

ude

a br

ief d

escr

iptio

n of

the

teac

hing

and

lear

ning

met

hods

to b

e em

ploy

ed to

faci

litat

e le

arni

ng, a

nd

a ju

stifi

catio

n of

how

the

met

hods

are

alig

ned

with

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es o

f the

subj

ect.

N

ote

4: A

sses

smen

t Met

hod

This

sec

tion

shou

ld in

clud

e th

e as

sess

men

t met

hod(

s) to

be

used

and

its

rela

tive

wei

ghtin

g, a

nd in

dica

te w

hich

of t

he s

ubje

ct

inte

nded

lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es t

hat

each

met

hod

purp

orts

to

asse

ss.

It sh

ould

als

o pr

ovid

e a

brie

f ex

plan

atio

n of

the

ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es.

AI - 32

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Su

bjec

t Cod

e EL

C20

13

Subj

ect T

itle

Engl

ish

in L

itera

ture

and

Film

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Pre-

requ

isite

: Adv

ance

d En

glis

h fo

r Uni

vers

ity S

tudi

es (E

LC10

14)

Obj

ectiv

es

This

subj

ect a

ims t

o in

trodu

ce st

uden

ts to

a ra

nge

of li

tera

ry g

enre

s in

Engl

ish

as w

ell a

s to

ena

ble

them

to

cons

ider

diff

eren

ces

in m

edia

rep

rese

ntat

ions

of

genr

es,

and

to

appr

ecia

te a

nd n

egot

iate

the

mea

ning

s of a

var

iety

of l

itera

ry te

xts.

It is

als

o in

tend

ed th

at th

e su

bjec

t will

hel

p st

uden

ts fu

rther

dev

elop

lite

racy

, as

wel

l as

high

er o

rder

thin

king

and

life

-long

lear

ning

skill

s.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

(N

ote

1)

Upo

n su

cces

sful

com

plet

ion

of th

e su

bjec

t, st

uden

ts w

ill b

e ab

le to

: a.

ex

amin

e an

d an

alys

e lit

erar

y te

xts f

rom

diff

eren

t per

spec

tives

b.

di

scus

s lite

rary

tech

niqu

es e

mpl

oyed

by

writ

ers

c.

appr

ecia

te a

nd a

rticu

late

diff

eren

ces i

n te

xtua

l and

vis

ual m

edia

repr

esen

tatio

ns

To a

chie

ve th

e ab

ove

outc

omes

, stu

dent

s are

exp

ecte

d to

use

lang

uage

and

text

stru

ctur

e ap

prop

riate

to th

e co

ntex

t, se

lect

info

rmat

ion

criti

cally

, and

pre

sent

and

sup

port

stan

ce

and

opin

ion.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

(Not

e 2)

1.

Writ

ten

com

mun

icat

ion

Des

crib

ing

and

inte

rpre

ting

cont

ent

and

lang

uage

in

lit

erar

y te

xts;

em

ploy

ing

appr

opria

te g

ram

mat

ical

stru

ctur

es a

nd v

ocab

ular

y.

2.

Spok

en c

omm

unic

atio

n Pr

esen

ting

criti

cal e

valu

atio

n of

lite

rary

wor

ks e

ffect

ivel

y an

d co

nvin

cing

ly.

3.

Rea

ding

D

evel

opin

g un

ders

tand

ing

of

and

com

pete

nce

in

usin

g lit

erar

y de

vice

s su

ch

as

met

apho

r, si

mile

and

sym

bolis

m, v

ia re

adin

g lit

erar

y te

xts a

nd v

iew

ing

film

ver

sion

s. 4.

La

ngua

ge d

evel

opm

ent

Impr

ovin

g flu

ency

an

d pr

onun

ciat

ion,

an

d ex

tend

ing

gram

mat

ical

an

d le

xica

l co

mpe

tenc

e.

Teac

hing

/Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

(Not

e 3)

The

stud

y m

etho

d is

prim

arily

sem

inar

-bas

ed.

Follo

win

g a

blen

ded

deliv

ery

appr

oach

, ac

tiviti

es in

clud

e te

ache

r inp

ut a

s wel

l as i

n- a

nd o

ut-o

f-cl

ass i

ndiv

idua

l and

gro

up w

ork

invo

lvin

g lis

teni

ng t

o an

d vi

ewin

g a

varie

ty o

f au

dio-

visu

al s

ourc

es,

read

ing

and

draf

ting

text

s, co

nduc

ting

inte

rnet

rese

arch

, mak

ing

min

i-pre

sent

atio

ns, p

artic

ipat

ing

in

disc

ussi

ons,

and

com

parin

g va

rious

re

pres

enta

tions

of

lit

erat

ure.

Stud

ents

w

ill

mak

e us

e of

ele

arni

ng r

esou

rces

and

web

-bas

ed w

ork

to f

urth

er im

prov

e th

eir

Engl

ish

liter

acy

skill

s.

Lear

ning

mat

eria

ls d

evel

oped

by

the

Engl

ish

Lang

uage

Cen

tre a

re u

sed

thro

ugho

ut th

e co

urse

. St

uden

ts w

ill b

e re

ferr

ed to

lear

ning

reso

urce

s on

the

Inte

rnet

and

in th

e EL

C’s

Cen

tre f

or I

ndep

ende

nt L

angu

age

Lear

ning

. A

dditi

onal

ref

eren

ce m

ater

ials

will

be

reco

mm

ende

d as

requ

ired.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

(Not

e 4)

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

wei

ghtin

g In

tend

ed su

bjec

t lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es to

be

asse

ssed

a b

c

1. In

divi

dual

pap

er

30%

2. W

ritte

n te

st

40%

3. G

roup

pro

ject

30

%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Expl

anat

ion

of th

e ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

:

In a

sses

smen

t 1,

stu

dent

s ar

e re

quire

d to

writ

e an

ind

ivid

ual

pape

r in

whi

ch t

hey

criti

cally

ref

lect

on

thei

r re

adin

g of

pro

se,

and

by s

o do

ing,

dem

onst

rate

the

ir ac

hiev

emen

t of

LO

(a)

. A

sses

smen

ts 2

and

3 a

re a

ligne

d w

ith a

ll th

ree

LOs.

A

sses

smen

t 2

asse

sses

stu

dent

s’ un

ders

tand

ing

of a

lite

rary

dra

ma

and

requ

ires

com

paris

on o

f the

mer

its o

f its

text

ual a

nd th

eatri

cal v

ersi

ons.

Ass

essm

ent 3

is a

gro

up

proj

ect

that

re

quire

s re

adin

g an

d in

terp

reta

tion

of

mor

e cr

eativ

e lit

erat

ure

and

pres

enta

tion

of a

udio

-vis

ual s

ourc

es.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

Se

min

ars

39 H

rs.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffort:

Se

lf st

udy/

prep

arat

ion

78 H

rs.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

1

17 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s Re

com

men

ded

read

ing

The

Poly

U li

brar

y re

tain

s eith

er h

ardc

opie

s or e

lect

roni

c co

pies

of t

he fo

llow

ing

title

s.

The

title

s can

als

o be

foun

d on

line.

St

am, R

., an

d R

aeng

o, A

. (ed

s.). (

2004

). A

com

pani

on to

lite

ratu

re a

nd fi

lm. [

elec

troni

c so

urce

] Bla

ckw

ell r

efer

ence

onl

ine.

Mal

den:

Bla

ckw

ell.

C

all n

umbe

r PN

1995

.3.C

65 2

004e

b ht

tp://

ww

w.b

lack

wel

lrefe

renc

e.co

m/s

ubsc

riber

/uid

=262

/boo

k?id

=g97

8063

1230

533

_978

0631

2305

33&

auth

stat

usco

de=2

02

Oth

er re

adin

gs w

ill b

e sp

ecifi

ed b

y th

e EL

C te

ache

r, an

d m

ay c

onta

in sh

ort f

ictio

n,

nove

lette

s, pl

ays a

nd p

oetry

.

AI - 33

Not

e 1:

Int

ende

d Le

arni

ng O

utco

mes

In

tend

ed le

arni

ng o

utco

mes

sho

uld

stat

e w

hat s

tude

nts

shou

ld b

e ab

le to

do

or a

ttain

upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect.

Subj

ect

outc

omes

are

exp

ecte

d to

con

tribu

te to

the

atta

inm

ent o

f the

ove

rall

prog

ram

me

outc

omes

.

Not

e 2:

Sub

ject

Syn

opsi

s/ In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

The

sylla

bus

shou

ld a

dequ

atel

y ad

dres

s th

e in

tend

ed l

earn

ing

outc

omes

. A

t th

e sa

me

time

over

-cro

wdi

ng o

f th

e sy

llabu

s sh

ould

be

avoi

ded.

N

ote

3: T

each

ing/

Lear

ning

Met

hodo

logy

Th

is s

ectio

n sh

ould

incl

ude

a br

ief d

escr

iptio

n of

the

teac

hing

and

lear

ning

met

hods

to b

e em

ploy

ed to

faci

litat

e le

arni

ng, a

nd

a ju

stifi

catio

n of

how

the

met

hods

are

alig

ned

with

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es o

f the

subj

ect.

N

ote

4: A

sses

smen

t Met

hod

This

sec

tion

shou

ld in

clud

e th

e as

sess

men

t met

hod(

s) to

be

used

and

its

rela

tive

wei

ghtin

g, a

nd in

dica

te w

hich

of t

he s

ubje

ct

inte

nded

lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es t

hat

each

met

hod

purp

orts

to

asse

ss.

It sh

ould

als

o pr

ovid

e a

brie

f ex

plan

atio

n of

the

ap

prop

riate

ness

of t

he a

sses

smen

t met

hods

in a

sses

sing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es.

AI - 34

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Su

bjec

t Cod

e EN

G20

02

Subj

ect T

itle

Com

pute

r Pro

gram

min

g

Cre

dit V

alue

3

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/ C

o-re

quis

ite /

Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

(i)

To in

trodu

ce th

e fu

ndam

enta

l con

cept

s of c

ompu

ter p

rogr

amm

ing

(ii)

To e

quip

stud

ents

with

soun

d sk

ills i

n C

/C++

pro

gram

min

g la

ngua

ge

(iii)

To e

quip

stu

dent

s w

ith t

echn

ique

s fo

r de

velo

ping

stru

ctur

ed a

nd o

bjec

t-orie

nted

co

mpu

ter p

rogr

ams

(iv)

To d

emon

stra

te t

he t

echn

ique

s fo

r im

plem

entin

g en

gine

erin

g ap

plic

atio

ns u

sing

co

mpu

ter p

rogr

ams.

Inte

nded

L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

Cat

egor

y A

: Pro

fess

iona

l/aca

dem

ic k

now

ledg

e an

d sk

ills

1.

Fam

iliar

ize

them

selv

es w

ith a

t lea

st o

ne C

/C++

pro

gram

min

g en

viro

nmen

t. 2.

B

e pr

ofic

ient

in u

sing

the

basi

c co

nstru

cts o

f C/C

++ to

dev

elop

a c

ompu

ter p

rogr

am.

3.

Be

able

to d

evel

op a

stru

ctur

ed a

nd d

ocum

ente

d co

mpu

ter p

rogr

am.

4.

Und

erst

and

the

fund

amen

tals

of o

bjec

t-orie

nted

pro

gram

min

g an

d be

abl

e to

app

ly it

in

com

pute

r pro

gram

dev

elop

men

t. 5.

B

e ab

le to

app

ly th

e co

mpu

ter

prog

ram

min

g te

chni

ques

to s

olve

pra

ctic

al e

ngin

eerin

g pr

oble

ms.

Cat

egor

y B

: Attr

ibut

es fo

r all-

roun

dedn

ess

6.

Be

able

to so

lve

prob

lem

s by

usin

g sy

stem

atic

app

roac

hes i

n a

team

.

Subj

ect

Syno

psis

/ In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Sylla

bus:

1.

In

trodu

ctio

n to

pro

gram

min

g - C

ompo

nent

s of

a c

ompu

ter;

Prog

ram

min

g en

viro

nmen

t; Pr

oces

s of a

pplic

atio

n de

velo

pmen

t. 2.

B

olts

and

Nut

s of

C/C

++ -

Pre

proc

esso

r; Pr

ogra

m c

ode;

Fun

ctio

ns;

Com

men

ts;

Varia

bles

and

con

stan

ts; E

xpre

ssio

ns a

nd st

atem

ents

; Ope

rato

rs.

3.

Prog

ram

Flo

w C

ontro

l - B

ranc

hing

and

loo

ping

; Fu

nctio

n pa

ram

eter

s pa

ssin

g; R

etur

n va

lues

; Loc

al a

nd g

loba

l var

iabl

es; S

cope

of v

aria

bles

. 4.

Pr

ogra

m D

esig

n an

d D

ebug

ging

- S

truct

ured

pro

gram

des

ign;

Mod

ular

pro

gram

min

g;

Exce

ptio

ns a

nd d

ebug

ging

. C

ase

stud

y: U

sing

the

Vis

ual C

++ d

ebug

ger.

5.

Bas

ic O

bjec

t O

rient

ed P

rogr

amm

ing

- O

bjec

ts a

nd c

lass

es;

Priv

ate

vers

us p

ublic

; Im

plem

entin

g cl

ass m

etho

ds; C

onst

ruct

ors a

nd d

estru

ctor

s.

6.

Poin

ter

and

Arr

ay -

Sta

ck a

nd F

ree

stor

e; C

reat

e an

d de

lete

obj

ects

in

the

free

sto

re;

Poin

ter a

rithm

etic

; Pas

sing

func

tion

argu

men

ts b

y po

inte

r; R

etur

ning

val

ues

by p

oint

er;

Arr

ay o

f obj

ects

; Arr

ay a

nd p

oint

er; A

rray

of p

oint

ers;

Poi

nter

of a

rray

; Cha

ract

er a

rray

; C

omm

and-

line

proc

essi

ng.

7.

Stre

am I/

O -

Inpu

t and

out

put a

s stre

ams;

File

I/O

usi

ng st

ream

s.

8.

Usi

ng C

/C++

in

Engi

neer

ing

App

licat

ions

- S

olvi

ng p

ract

ical

pro

blem

s us

ing

C/C

++;

Dev

elop

ing

grap

hica

l use

r int

erfa

ces f

or e

ngin

eerin

g ap

plic

atio

ns.

Teac

hing

/ L

earn

ing

Met

hodo

logy

Te

achi

ng a

nd

Lear

ning

Met

hod

Inte

nded

Su

bjec

t Le

arni

ng

Out

com

e

Rem

arks

Lect

ures

, su

pple

men

ted

with

sh

ort q

uizz

es

2,3,

4 St

uden

ts a

re i

ntro

duce

d to

the

kno

wle

dge

of

com

pute

r pro

gram

min

g th

roug

h ex

plan

atio

n an

d ill

ustra

tive

exam

ples

. C

ompr

ehen

sion

of

the

know

ledg

e is

stre

ngth

ened

with

sho

rt qu

izze

s.

Stud

ents

will

be

able

to

mon

itor

the

skill

s of

us

ing

C/C

++

and

appl

y th

e te

chni

ques

of

de

velo

ping

st

ruct

ured

ob

ject

-orie

nted

ap

plic

atio

ns.

Labo

rato

ries/

tuto

rial

s w

here

pro

blem

s ar

e gi

ven

to

stud

ents

fo

r th

em

to so

lve

1,2,

3,4,

5 St

uden

ts a

pply

wha

t the

y ha

ve le

arnt

in le

ctur

es

and

solv

e pr

oble

ms

in e

xerc

ises

. Th

e pu

rpos

e is

to

ens

ure

stud

ents

hav

e ca

ptur

ed t

he i

mpo

rtant

po

ints

. T

utor

s w

ill a

id t

he l

ectu

rer

in h

elpi

ng

the

stud

ents

fin

ishi

ng

the

exer

cise

s, an

d in

tera

ctiv

e Q

&A

will

take

pla

ce.

H

omew

ork,

an

d te

sts

1,2,

3,4,

5 Th

roug

h w

orki

ng

hom

ewor

k,

stud

ents

w

ill

deve

lop

a fir

m

unde

rsta

ndin

g an

d co

mpr

ehen

sion

of

the

know

ledg

e ta

ught

. Th

ey

will

an

alys

e gi

ven

C/C

++

appl

icat

ions

an

d ap

ply

know

ledg

e in

sol

ving

pro

blem

s. F

or

som

e de

sign

type

of p

robl

ems,

they

will

hav

e to

sy

nthe

size

so

lutio

ns

by

eval

uatin

g di

ffere

nt

alte

rnat

ives

. To

ass

ure

stud

ents

’ und

erst

andi

ng

of f

unda

men

tal

conc

epts

, clo

sed-

book

tes

ts a

re

arra

nged

reg

ular

ly.

To

enha

nce

the

stud

ents

’ pr

oble

m s

olvi

ng s

kill

in a

giv

en p

rogr

amm

ing

envi

ronm

ent,

open

-boo

k pr

ogra

mm

ing

test

s ar

e ar

rang

ed re

gula

rly.

M

ini-p

roje

ct

1,2,

3,4,

5,6

Afte

r al

l th

e su

bjec

t m

ater

ials

ha

ve

been

de

liver

ed,

stud

ents

are

ask

ed t

o fin

ish

a m

ini-

proj

ect

in a

tea

m.

The

pro

ject

inv

olve

s a

prac

tical

eng

inee

ring

prob

lem

of

som

e st

ated

sp

ecifi

catio

n.

AI - 35

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t with

In

tend

ed

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Spec

ific

asse

ssm

ent

met

hods

/task

s %

w

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

sub

ject

lea

rnin

g ou

tcom

es t

o be

as

sess

ed

1 2

3 4

5 6

1.

In-c

lass

exe

rcis

es

10%

2.

Shor

t-qui

zzes

10

%

3.

Clo

sed-

book

test

s 20

%

4.

Prog

ram

min

g te

sts

30%

5.

Min

i-pro

ject

30

%

Tota

l 10

0 %

Exp

lana

tion

of t

he a

ppro

pria

tene

ss o

f th

e as

sess

men

t m

etho

ds i

n as

sess

ing

the

inte

nded

lear

ning

out

com

es:

The

shor

t-qui

zzes

are

for a

sses

sing

the

unde

rsta

ndin

g of

fund

amen

tal c

once

pts.

The

in-c

lass

ex

erci

ses,

clos

ed-b

ook

test

s an

d pr

ogra

mm

ing

test

s ar

e co

nduc

ted

to

help

st

uden

ts

fam

iliar

ized

with

the

prog

ram

min

g la

ngua

ge a

nd s

kills

. Th

e pr

oble

ms

to b

e so

lved

by

the

stud

ents

are

typi

cally

pre

sent

ed a

s pr

actic

al e

ngin

eerin

g pr

oble

ms.

Thr

ough

con

duct

ing

a m

ini-p

roje

ct th

at la

sts

for s

ever

al w

eeks

, stu

dent

s w

ould

be

able

to e

xper

ienc

e ho

w to

sol

ve

prob

lem

s by

usin

g a

syst

emat

ic a

ppro

ach

in a

team

.

Stud

ent S

tudy

E

ffor

t Exp

ecte

d (W

ithin

TW

O

sem

este

rs)

Cla

ss c

onta

ct:

63 H

rs.

Le

ctur

e 29

Hrs

.

Tu

toria

l 19

Hrs

.

Te

st/Q

uiz

14 H

rs.

M

ini-p

roje

ct p

rese

ntat

ion

1 H

r.

Oth

er st

uden

t stu

dy e

ffor

t:

58 H

rs.

Se

lf-st

udyi

ng

37 H

rs.

H

omew

ork

13 H

rs.

M

ini-p

roje

ct/R

epor

t 8

Hrs

.

Tota

l stu

dent

stud

y ef

fort

12

1 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t an

d R

efer

ence

s R

efer

ence

Boo

ks:

1.

S. R

ao, S

ams T

each

You

rsel

f C++

in O

ne H

our a

Day

. In

dian

apol

is, I

N: S

ams,

2012

. 2.

P.

J. D

eite

l and

H.M

. Dei

tel,

C+

+ H

ow T

o Pr

ogra

m, 8

th e

d. B

osto

n, M

A: P

rent

ice

Hal

l, 20

12.

3.

J. Li

berty

and

R.

Cad

enhe

ad,

Sam

s Te

ach

Your

self

C++

in

24 h

ours

(5t

h ed

.)

Indi

anap

olis

, IN

: Sam

s, 20

11.

4.

I Hor

ton,

Ivor

Hor

tons

Beg

inni

ng V

isua

l C++

201

0 [e

lect

roni

c re

sour

ce].

Indi

anap

olis

, IN

: Wile

y, 2

010.

AI - 36

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

IC21

05

Subj

ect T

itle

Engi

neer

ing

Com

mun

icat

ion

and

Fund

amen

tals

Cre

dit V

alue

4

Trai

ning

Cre

dits

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/

Co-

requ

isite

/ E

xclu

sion

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

This

subj

ect o

ffers

a w

ide

spec

trum

of f

unda

men

tal e

ngin

eerin

g pr

actic

e th

at a

re e

ssen

tial f

or a

pr

ofes

sion

al e

ngin

eer.

This

sub

ject

incl

udes

Eng

inee

ring

Dra

win

g an

d C

AD

, Ind

ustri

al S

afet

y an

d El

ectro

nic

Prod

uct

Safe

ty T

est

and

Prac

tice,

Bas

ic M

echa

troni

c Pr

actic

e an

d B

asic

Sc

ient

ific

Com

putin

g w

ith M

ATLA

B t

hat

aim

s at

pro

vidi

ng f

unda

men

tal

and

nece

ssar

y te

chni

cal s

kills

to a

ll ye

ar 1

stud

ents

inte

rest

ed in

eng

inee

ring.

Inte

nded

L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

a)

expl

ain

the

prin

cipl

es a

nd c

onve

ntio

nal r

epre

sent

atio

n of

eng

inee

ring

draw

ings

acc

ordi

ng

to e

ngin

eerin

g st

anda

rds

and

be a

ble

to u

se i

t as

a m

ediu

m in

tech

nica

l com

mun

icat

ion

and

docu

men

tatio

n w

ith C

AD

app

licat

ion,

mod

ellin

g an

d pr

actic

e w

ith a

pplic

atio

n in

m

echa

nica

l, in

dust

rial s

yste

ms a

nd e

lect

rical

eng

inee

ring;

b)

expl

ain

basi

c oc

cupa

tiona

l he

alth

and

ind

ustri

al s

afet

y re

quire

men

ts f

or e

ngin

eerin

g pr

actic

e;

c)

expl

ain

com

mon

ele

ctro

nic

prod

uct s

afet

y te

sts;

d)

desi

gn a

nd a

naly

ze p

ract

ical

con

trolle

r har

dwar

e, s

oftw

are,

act

uatio

n de

vice

s an

d hu

man

-m

achi

ne in

terf

ace

for

sim

ple

mec

hatro

nic

syst

ems

incl

udin

g ba

sic

prac

tice

in h

ydra

ulic

, pn

eum

atic

and

ele

ctric

sys

tem

s w

ith c

omm

on e

ngin

eerin

g co

mpo

nent

s su

ch a

s m

otor

dr

ives

, m

echa

nica

l dr

ives

, ge

ars,

cam

s, be

lts,

pulle

ys,

coup

lings

, be

arin

gs,

seal

s an

d fa

sten

ers;

and

e)

appl

y sc

ient

ific

com

putin

g so

ftwar

e fo

r co

mpu

ting

in s

cien

ce a

nd e

ngin

eerin

g in

clud

ing

visu

aliz

atio

n an

d pr

ogra

mm

ing;

Subj

ect

Syno

psis

/ In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

Sylla

bus:

1.

(TM

8057

) Eng

inee

ring

Dra

win

g an

d C

AD

1.1.

Fun

dam

enta

ls o

f Eng

inee

ring

Dra

win

g an

d C

AD

Pr

inci

ples

of

orth

ogra

phic

pro

ject

ion;

sec

tioni

ng;

dim

ensi

onin

g; s

ketc

hing

; ge

nera

l to

lera

nces

; co

nven

tiona

l re

pres

enta

tion

of s

crew

thr

eads

and

fas

tene

rs;

type

s of

dr

awin

gs in

clud

ing

part

draw

ing

and

asse

mbl

y dr

awin

g.

Intro

duct

ion

to C

AD

; fe

atur

es o

f 2D

CA

D s

yste

m (

laye

r; dr

aw;

mod

ify;

bloc

k &

at

tribu

tes;

sta

ndar

d lib

rary

); te

chni

ques

for

the

cre

atio

n of

titl

eblo

ck;

setu

p of

2D

pl

ottin

g; g

ener

al c

once

pts

on 3

D c

ompu

ter

mod

elin

g; p

aram

etric

fea

ture

bas

ed s

olid

m

odel

ing;

con

stru

ctio

n an

d de

taili

ng o

f so

lid f

eatu

res;

sol

id m

odel

mod

ifica

tion

and

its l

imita

tions

; co

ncep

ts o

f as

sem

bly

mod

elin

g in

clud

ing

botto

m u

p an

d to

p do

wn

appr

oach

es f

or t

he g

ener

atio

n of

par

ts,

suba

ssem

blie

s, an

d fin

al a

ssem

bly;

virt

ual

valid

atio

n an

d si

mul

atio

n, g

ener

atio

n of

2D

dra

win

gs fr

om 3

D p

arts

and

ass

embl

ies;

dr

awin

g an

nota

tion

incl

udin

g di

men

sion

ing,

tole

ranc

ing,

and

par

t lis

t.

1.2.

Ele

ctric

al D

raw

ing

Wiri

ng d

iagr

am a

nd w

iring

tabl

e fo

r el

ectro

nic

and

elec

trica

l ins

talla

tion,

fun

ctio

nal

repr

esen

tatio

n of

circ

uit,

syst

em b

lock

dia

gram

, el

ectri

cal

and

elec

troni

c de

vice

sy

mbo

ls a

nd la

yout

, arc

hite

ctur

al w

iring

dia

gram

with

ref

eren

ce to

the

arch

itect

ural

sy

mbo

ls fo

r ele

ctric

al d

raw

ings

in H

ong

Kon

g an

d in

tern

atio

nal s

tand

ards

.

2.

(TM

2009

) Ind

ustri

al S

afet

y

2.1.

Sa

fety

Man

agem

ent:

Ove

rvie

w,

esse

ntia

l el

emen

ts o

f sa

fety

man

agem

ent,

safe

ty

train

ing,

acc

iden

t man

agem

ent,

and

emer

genc

y pr

oced

ures

. 2.

2.

Safe

ty L

aw:

F&IU

Ord

inan

ce a

nd p

rinci

pal

regu

latio

ns,

OSH

Ord

inan

ce a

nd

prin

cipa

l reg

ulat

ions

. 2.

3.

Occ

upat

iona

l Hyg

iene

and

Env

ironm

enta

l Saf

ety:

N

oise

haz

ard

and

cont

rol;

dust

ha

zard

and

con

trol;

ergo

nom

ics o

f man

ual h

andl

ing.

2.

4.

Safe

ty T

echn

olog

y: M

echa

nica

l lif

ting,

fire

pre

vent

ion,

dan

gero

us s

ubst

ance

s an

d ch

emic

al s

afet

y, m

achi

nery

haz

ards

and

gua

rdin

g, e

lect

rical

saf

ety,

firs

t ai

d, j

ob

safe

ty a

naly

sis,

faul

t tre

e an

alys

is, p

erso

nal p

rote

ctiv

e eq

uipm

ent.

3.

(TM

1116

) Ele

ctro

nic

Prod

uct S

afet

y Te

st a

nd P

ract

ice

2.1

Use

of

basi

c el

ectro

nic

test

ins

trum

ents

, cu

rren

t an

d vo

ltage

mea

sure

men

ts,

wav

efor

m m

easu

rem

ent,

pow

er su

pply

and

sign

al so

urce

s;

2.2

Elec

troni

c pr

oduc

t sa

fety

tes

t m

etho

d; H

igh

Volta

ge I

sola

tion

Test

, In

sula

tion

Res

ista

nce

Test

, C

ontin

uity

Tes

t, Le

akag

e C

urre

nt M

easu

rem

ent,

Elec

trost

atic

D

isch

arge

(ES

D) T

est.

2.3

4.

(TM

0510

) Bas

ic M

echa

troni

c Pr

actic

e

4.1.

D

efin

ition

s of

mec

hatro

nics

; des

ign

and

oper

atio

n of

typi

cal m

echa

troni

c sy

stem

s;

appr

ecia

tion

of m

easu

rem

ent

syst

em,

actu

ator

sys

tem

, m

otor

driv

es,

mec

hani

cal

driv

es,

gear

tra

in

and

linka

ge,

pneu

mat

ic

and

hydr

aulic

sy

stem

s, si

gnal

co

nditi

onin

g, a

nd h

uman

-mac

hine

inte

rfac

es.

4.2.

In

tegr

atio

n of

sys

tem

co

mpo

nent

s us

ing

appr

opria

te c

ontro

ller

hard

war

e an

d so

ftwar

e su

ch a

s PLC

, PA

C, a

nd M

icro

cont

rolle

r sys

tem

; use

of s

imul

atio

n so

ftwar

e pa

ckag

es fo

r pne

umat

ic a

nd h

ydra

ulic

circ

uit d

esig

n.

5.

(TM

3014

) Bas

ic S

cien

tific

Com

putin

g w

ith M

ATLA

B

5.1.

O

verv

iew

to

sc

ient

ific

com

pute

ring;

in

trodu

ctio

n to

M

ATLA

B;

inte

ract

ive

calc

ulat

ions

, ra

ndom

num

ber

gene

rato

rs,

varia

bles

, ve

ctor

s, m

atric

es a

nd s

tring

; m

athe

mat

ical

ope

ratio

ns, p

olyn

omia

l ope

ratio

n, d

ata

anal

ysis

and

cur

ve fi

tting

, file

I/O

func

tions

. Bas

ic 2

D a

nd 3

D p

lots

.

5.2.

M

-file

pro

gram

min

g &

deb

uggi

ng;

scrip

ts,

func

tions

, lo

gic

oper

atio

ns,

flow

co

ntro

l, in

trodu

ctio

n to

gra

phic

al u

ser i

nter

face

.

AI - 37

Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

The

teac

hing

and

lear

ning

met

hods

incl

ude

lect

ures

, wor

ksho

p tu

toria

ls, a

nd p

ract

ical

wor

ks.

The

lect

ures

are

aim

ed a

t pr

ovid

ing

stud

ents

with

an

over

all

and

conc

rete

bac

kgro

und

know

ledg

e re

quire

d fo

r un

ders

tand

ing

key

issu

es i

n en

gine

erin

g co

mm

unic

atio

n, u

se o

f st

anda

rd e

ngin

eerin

g co

mpo

nent

s an

d sy

stem

s, an

d im

porta

nce

of i

ndus

trial

saf

ety.

The

w

orks

hop

tuto

rials

are

aim

ed a

t en

hanc

ing

stud

ents

’ in

-dep

th k

now

ledg

e an

d ab

ility

in

appl

ying

the

kno

wle

dge

and

skill

s to

com

plet

e sp

ecifi

c ta

sks.

The

prac

tical

wor

ks a

im a

t fa

cilit

atin

g st

uden

ts t

o re

view

the

div

erse

top

ics

cove

red

in t

his

cour

se a

nd p

erfo

rm a

ctiv

e le

arni

ng w

ith re

sear

ch, p

ract

ice,

que

stio

ning

, and

pro

blem

solv

ing

in a

uni

fied

activ

ity.

Ass

essm

ent

Met

hods

in

Alig

nmen

t w

ith

Inte

nded

L

earn

ing

Out

com

es

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

% W

eigh

ting

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g

Out

com

es A

sses

sed

a b

c d

e

Con

tinuo

us A

sses

smen

t

1. A

ssig

nmen

t / P

roje

ct

Ref

er to

in

divi

dual

M

odul

e D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

2. T

est

3. R

epor

t / L

ogbo

ok

Tota

l 10

0%

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

Rem

arks

1. A

ssig

nmen

t / P

roje

ct

The

proj

ect i

s des

igne

d to

faci

litat

e st

uden

ts to

refle

ct a

nd a

pply

th

e kn

owle

dge

perio

dica

lly th

roug

hout

the

train

ing.

2. T

est

Test

is d

esig

ned

to fa

cilit

ate

stud

ents

to re

view

the

brea

dth

and

dept

h of

thei

r und

erst

andi

ng o

n sp

ecifi

c to

pics

.

3. R

epor

t / L

ogbo

ok

Rep

ort

/ Lo

gboo

k is

des

igne

d to

fac

ilita

te s

tude

nts

to a

cqui

re

deep

und

erst

andi

ng o

n th

e to

pics

of t

he tr

aini

ng a

nd to

pre

sent

th

ose

conc

epts

cle

arly

.

Stud

ent

Stud

y E

ffor

t E

xpec

ted

Cla

ss C

onta

ct

TM

8057

T

M20

09

TM

1116

T

M05

10

TM

3014

M

ini-l

ectu

re

12 H

rs.

7 H

rs.

3 H

rs.

6 H

rs.

6 H

rs.

In

-cla

ss A

ssig

nmen

t/ H

ands

-on

Prac

tice

36 H

rs.

8 H

rs.

6 H

rs.

24 H

rs.

12 H

rs.

Oth

er S

tudy

Eff

ort

N

il

Tota

l Stu

dy E

ffor

t 12

0 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s R

efer

ence

Sof

twar

e L

ist:

1.

Aut

oCA

D fr

om A

utod

esk

Inc.

2.

Solid

Wor

ks fr

om D

assa

ult S

ystè

mes

Sol

idw

orks

Cor

p.

3.

MAT

LAB

from

The

Mat

hwor

ks In

c.

Ref

eren

ce S

tand

ards

and

Han

dboo

ks:

1.

BS8

888

Tech

nica

l Pro

duct

Spe

cific

atio

n (T

PS) S

peci

ficat

ion.

2.

Cec

il H

. Jen

sen,

et a

l, En

gine

erin

g D

raw

ing

and

Des

ign,

McG

raw

-Hill

, 200

8.

3.

War

rend

ale,

SA

E fa

sten

er s

tand

ards

man

ual,

Soci

ety

of A

utom

otiv

e En

gine

ers,

1997

.

4.

Tim

othy

H W

entz

ell,

et a

l, M

achi

ne D

esig

n, D

elm

ar L

earn

ing,

200

4.

5.

Cze

rnik

, Dan

iel,

Gas

kets

: Des

ign,

Sel

ectio

n, a

nd T

estin

g, M

cGra

w-H

ill, 1

995.

6.

Mic

hael

M. K

hons

ari,

E. R

icha

rd B

oose

r, A

pplie

d Tr

ibol

ogy:

Bea

ring

Des

ign

and

Lubr

icat

ion,

Wile

y-In

ters

cien

ce, 2

001.

7.

IEEE

Sta

ndar

d 31

5 / A

NSI

Y32

.2 /

CSA

Z99

Gra

phic

Sym

bols

for E

lect

rical

and

El

ectro

nics

Dia

gram

s.

8.

IEC

610

82 P

repa

ratio

n of

Doc

umen

ts u

sed

in E

lect

rote

chno

logy

.

Ref

eren

ce B

ooks

: Tr

aini

ng m

ater

ial,

man

ual a

nd a

rticl

es p

ublis

hed

by In

dust

rial C

entre

.

AI - 38

Subj

ect D

escr

iptio

n Fo

rm

Subj

ect C

ode

IC21

12

Subj

ect T

itle

IC T

rain

ing

I (EE

)

Cre

dit V

alue

4

Trai

ning

Cre

dits

Lev

el

2

Pre-

requ

isite

/

C

o-re

quis

ite/

Exc

lusi

on

Nil

Obj

ectiv

es

1)

To

prov

ide

train

ees

with

si

mul

ated

w

orki

ng

envi

ronm

ents

an

d tra

inin

g of

in

dust

rial p

ract

ices

in E

lect

rical

Eng

inee

ring.

2)

This

su

bjec

t co

vers

a

wid

e ra

nge

of

fund

amen

tal

elec

trica

l en

gine

erin

g ap

plic

atio

n te

chno

logy

that

incl

udin

g el

ectri

cal i

nsta

llatio

n pr

actic

e, li

ghtin

g an

d el

ectri

cal s

yste

m d

esig

n, L

V s

witc

hboa

rd a

nd p

ower

mon

itorin

g, in

tegr

al b

uild

ing

syst

em a

nd b

asic

ele

ctro

nic

prac

tice.

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Upo

n co

mpl

etio

n of

the

subj

ect,

stud

ents

will

be

able

to:

a)

iden

tify

rele

vant

eng

inee

ring

theo

ries a

nd p

rinci

ples

and

to a

pply

them

in h

ands

-on

trai

ning

exe

rcis

es to

det

erm

ine

syst

em fe

asib

ility

;

b)

com

pare

and

con

trast

con

cept

ual d

esig

n, d

evel

op a

ctua

l wor

k se

quen

ces a

nd

met

hods

for v

ario

us e

lect

rical

inst

alla

tions

;

c)

unde

rtake

the

desi

gn, c

onst

ruct

ion,

test

ing

and

com

mis

sion

ing

elec

trica

l di

strib

utio

n sy

stem

in b

uild

ings

on

the

basi

s of r

ecog

nize

the

engi

neer

ing

stan

dard

s, re

gula

tions

and

pra

ctic

es;

d)

appl

y in

telli

gent

bui

ldin

g co

ntro

l tec

hnol

ogy

effe

ctiv

ely

and

eval

uate

new

bu

ildin

g au

tom

atio

n/in

telli

gent

con

trol s

chem

es; a

nd

e)

appl

y th

eir k

now

ledg

e an

d sk

ills f

or sy

stem

ana

lysi

s.

Subj

ect S

ynop

sis/

In

dica

tive

Sylla

bus

(TM

0367

) Lig

htin

g an

d El

ectri

cal S

yste

m D

esig

n

Inte

rior

light

ing

desi

gn a

nd c

alcu

latio

n; d

aylig

ht i

llum

inat

ion

cons

ider

atio

n; l

umen

s an

d re

flect

ors;

T5,

T8

and

T11

lam

ps; e

nerg

y co

nser

vatio

n.

Intro

duct

ion

of l

ow-v

olta

ge p

ower

dis

tribu

tion

syst

em a

nd c

ode

of p

ract

ices

of

elec

trica

l des

ign

in H

ong

Kon

g; e

xam

ine

arch

itect

ural

dra

win

gs; d

esig

n lig

htin

g an

d el

ectri

cal s

ervi

ces;

pre

pare

layo

ut d

raw

ings

and

sche

mat

ics.

(TM

0389

) Low

-vol

tage

Sw

itchb

oard

and

Pow

er M

onito

ring,

AC

Con

trol a

nd P

LC

Spec

ifica

tions

, sta

ndar

ds a

nd re

quire

men

ts o

f LV

sw

itchb

oard

; ID

MTL

and

ele

ctro

nic

prot

ectio

n re

lays

; sch

emat

ic d

iagr

am, t

estin

g, c

omm

issi

onin

g an

d m

aint

enan

ce.

Pow

er m

onito

ring

and

anal

ysis

, no

ise

and

harm

onic

s; a

ctiv

e fil

ters

and

rea

l-tim

e ca

paci

tor b

ank.

Intro

duct

ion

of p

rogr

amm

able

con

trolle

r sy

stem

s, se

nsor

s, ac

tuat

ors,

driv

es,

timer

s, co

unte

rs, l

adde

r log

ic p

rogr

amm

ing

and

test

ing.

(TM

0383

) Int

egra

ted

Bui

ldin

g Sy

stem

s

Prop

rieta

ry a

nd o

pen

syst

ems

(BM

S, E

IB a

nd D

ALI

); se

nsor

s an

d ac

tuat

ors;

wiri

ng

circ

uit,

scen

es c

ontro

l; sy

stem

des

ign,

pro

gram

min

g an

d co

mm

issi

onin

g; i

ntel

ligen

t bu

ildin

g sy

stem

inte

grat

ion.

(TM

0373

) Ele

ctric

al In

stal

latio

n an

d B

asic

Ele

ctro

nic

Prac

tice

Wiri

ng f

or c

onve

ntio

nal

low

vol

tage

ins

talla

tions

and

int

ellig

ent

build

ing

cont

rol

syst

ems

(EIB

and

DA

LI);

final

lig

htin

g an

d po

wer

circ

uits

, co

ntro

l ge

ars

and

prot

ectiv

e de

vice

s; in

spec

tion,

test

ing,

Iden

tific

atio

n of

ele

ctro

nic

circ

uit c

ompo

nent

s, so

lder

ing

and

de-s

olde

ring,

Dry

film

pr

oces

s, Et

chin

g pr

oces

s.

Lea

rnin

g M

etho

dolo

gy

The

teac

hing

and

lear

ning

met

hods

incl

ude

lect

ures

, wor

ksho

p tu

toria

ls, a

nd p

ract

ical

w

orks

to c

onve

y ge

nera

l prin

cipl

es, t

echn

ique

s an

d re

late

d te

chno

logi

es to

stu

dent

s. Th

eir

lear

ning

kno

wle

dge

will

be

stre

ngth

ened

thr

ough

the

pra

ctic

al e

xerc

ises

and

ca

se s

tudi

es i

n a

prob

lem

-bas

ed f

orm

at f

or t

he d

evel

opm

ent

of s

yste

m i

nteg

ratio

n sk

ills,

and

to e

ffec

tivel

y ap

ply

thos

e on

real

wor

ld e

nviro

nmen

ts.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

in A

lignm

ent w

ith

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

%

Wei

ghtin

g

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

A

sses

sed

a b

c d

e TM

0367

Lig

htin

g an

d El

ectri

cal

Syst

em D

esig

n

1. A

ssig

nmen

t 40

%

2. T

est

30%

3. T

rain

ing

Rep

ort

30%

Tota

l 10

0%

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

%

Wei

ghtin

g

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

A

sses

sed

a b

c d

e TM

0389

Low

-Vol

tage

Sw

itchb

oard

and

Pow

er

Mon

itorin

g, A

C C

ontro

l and

PLC

1. A

ssig

nmen

t 40

%

2. T

est

30%

3. T

rain

ing

Rep

ort

30%

Tota

l 10

0%

AI - 39

The

assi

gnm

ent i

s de

sign

ed to

fac

ilita

te s

tude

nts

to r

efle

ct a

nd a

pply

the

know

ledg

e pe

riodi

cally

thro

ugho

ut th

e tra

inin

g.

Test

is

desi

gned

to

faci

litat

e st

uden

ts t

o re

view

the

bre

adth

and

dep

th o

f th

eir

unde

rsta

ndin

g on

spec

ific

topi

cs.

Trai

ning

Rep

ort i

s des

igne

d to

faci

litat

e st

uden

ts to

acq

uire

dee

p un

ders

tand

ing

on th

e to

pics

of t

he tr

aini

ng a

nd to

pre

sent

thos

e co

ncep

ts c

lear

ly.

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

%

Wei

ghtin

g

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

A

sses

sed

a b

c d

e TM

0383

Inte

grat

ed B

uild

ing

Syst

ems

1. A

ssig

nmen

t 40

%

2. T

est

30%

3. T

rain

ing

Rep

ort

30%

Tota

l 10

0%

Ass

essm

ent M

etho

ds

%

Wei

ghtin

g

Inte

nded

Lea

rnin

g O

utco

mes

A

sses

sed

a b

c d

e TM

0373

Ele

ctric

al In

stal

latio

n an

d B

asic

Ele

ctro

nic

Prac

tice

1. A

ssig

nmen

t 40

%

2. T

est

30%

3. T

rain

ing

Rep

ort

30%

Tota

l 10

0%

Stud

ent S

tudy

Eff

ort

Req

uire

d

Cla

ss C

onta

ct

Le

ctur

e / T

utor

ial /

Dem

onst

ratio

n 28

Hrs

.

W

orks

hop

Prac

tice

82 H

rs.

Te

st

2 H

rs.

Oth

er S

tudy

Eff

ort

0 H

r.

Tota

l Stu

dy E

ffor

t 11

2 H

rs.

Rea

ding

Lis

t and

R

efer

ence

s 1.

Tr

aini

ng m

ater

ial,

man

ual a

nd a

rticl

es p

ublis

hed

by th

e In

dust

rial C

entre

.

2.

EMSD

, Cod

e of

Pra

ctic

e fo

r the

Ele

ctric

ity (W

iring

) reg

ulat

ions

, 200

3 Ed

ition

.

3.

IEE

wiri

ng re

gula

tion,

16th

Edi

tion.

AI - 40

41373 2014/2015 DEFINITIVE PROGRAMME DOCUMENT

Documents